Bell- John Deere315sk Training Manual.pdf

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

OPERATION AND TEST MANUAL Backhoe Loaders (T3/S3A) models 315SK (PIN: 1T0315SK**D229820-; 1T0315SK**C219607-) TM12471 27 DEC 15 (ENGLISH)

For complete service information also see: 315SK Backhoe Loader (PIN: 1T0315SK_ _D229820-) (PIN: 1T0315SK_ _C219607-)

TM12472

JDLink (MTG) Technical Manual

TM114519

PowerTech E 4.5 and 6.8L Diesel Engines Level 16 Electronic Fuel System With Denso HPCR

CTM502

PowerTech 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines Level 12 Electronic Fuel System With Stanadyne DE10 Pump

CTM331

Super Caddy Oil Cleanup Procedure

CTM310

120 Series Hydraulic Cylinders

CTM120519

120 Series Hydraulic Cylinders

CTM114319

125 Series Hydraulic Cylinders

CTM109319

PowerTech 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines Tier 1/Stage I, Tier 2/Stage II, CTM104 Tier 3/Stage IIIA, Tier 3/Stage IIA Tier 3/Stage III, (Base Engine) 100 Series Hydraulic Cylinders

CTM103519

COOLANT HEATER SERVICE MANUAL

CTM10090X19

John Deere Construction and Forestry Pinted by Belgreen

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Table of contents FOREWORD MANUAL IDENTIFICATION—READ THIS FIRST! Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 01 - Safety Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS Group 10 - Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 20 - Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 30 - Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 40 - Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 50 - Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 60 - Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE Group 10 - Operational Checkout Procedure Section 9010 - ENGINE Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 20 - Adjustments Group 25 - Tests Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 05 - System Information Group 10 - System Diagrams Group 15 - Sub-System Diagnostics Group 16 - Monitor Operation Group 20 - References Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 20 - Adjustments Group 25 - Tests Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 20 - Adjustments Group 25 - Tests Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 25 - Tests

<- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

<- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Foreword This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual. CAUTION: This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury. Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and tests sections help you identify the majority of routine failures quickly. Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values. Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair. Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes.

<- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Manual Identification—READ THIS FIRST! IMPORTANT: Use only supporting manuals designated for your specific machine. If incorrect manual is chosen, improper service may occur. Verify product identification number (PIN) when choosing the correct manual. Choosing the Correct Supporting Manuals John Deere backhoe loaders are available in different machine configurations based on the various markets into which they are sold. Different supporting manuals exist for different machine configurations. When necessary, product identification numbers are listed on the front covers of backhoe loader manuals. These numbers are used to identify the correct supporting manual for your machine. Product Identification Number

PIN Plate Location

Example of PIN Plate LEGEND: 1 PIN Plate 2 17 Digit PIN The product identification number (PIN) plate (1) is located on the left-side of machine on the loader frame. Each machine has a 17 digit PIN (2) shown on PIN plate.

<- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

GENERAL INFORMATION

(g) by Belgreen v2.0

The PIN identifies the producing factory, machine model number, machine option, year of manufacture, engine emission level, and machine serial number. PIN Identification Table 17 Digit PIN Example (3)

(4)

1

T

0

3

1

5

(5)

(4)

S

K

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

C

2

1

9

6

0

7

(3)—World Code —Identifies location where machine is manufactured. (4)—Machine Model Identifier —Identifies model number. (5)—Machine Option Code —Identifies which major machine option is equipped. This digit will change from one machine to another. (6)—Check Letter —This is a random character assigned by the factory. This is not used in machine identification. (7)—Manufacturing Year Code —Identifies year of machine manufacture. (8)—Engine Emission Code —Represents engine emission certification. (9)—Machine Serial Number —Identifies machine serial number. This digit will change from one machine to another.

The following is an example for a 315SK machine that meets Tier 2 and Stage II emission levels:

PIN Identification 1T0315SK_ _C219607 1T0 ..........

World Code (manufacturing location) 1DW ..........

Davenport Works

1T8 ..........

Thibodaux Works

1T0 ..........

Dubuque Works

315_K ..........

Machine Model Identifier

S ..........

Machine Option Code X ..........

Base Machine

S ..........

Super Duty

E ..........

Easy Power (EP)

T ..........

Total Machine Control (TMC) Configuration

_ ..........

Check Letter (variable)

_ ..........

Manufacturing Year Code (variable) C ..........

2012

D ..........

2013

E ..........

2014

F ..........

2015

G ..........

2016

C ..........

Engine Emission Code C ..........

Tier 2 and Stage II

D ..........

Tier 3 and Stage III A

E ..........

Interim Tier 4 and Stage III B

F ..........

Tier 4

G ..........

Interim Tier 4 and Stage III A (19-56 kW)

219607 ..........

<- Go to Section TOC

Machine Serial Number

Section 9000 page 2

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION Table of contents Group 01 - Safety ..................................................................................................................................... 1 Recognize Safety Information ............................................................................................................... 1 Follow Safety Instructions ..................................................................................................................... 1 Operate Only If Qualified ...................................................................................................................... 2 Wear Protective Equipment .................................................................................................................. 3 Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications .......................................................................................... 3 Inspect Machine ................................................................................................................................... 3 Stay Clear of Moving Parts ................................................................................................................... 4 Avoid High-Pressure Oils ...................................................................................................................... 4 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ................................................................................................................... 5 Work In Ventilated Area ........................................................................................................................ 5 Prevent Fires ........................................................................................................................................ 6 Prevent Battery Explosions ................................................................................................................... 7 Handle Chemical Products Safely ......................................................................................................... 7 Decommissioning: Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components ..................................... 7 Prepare for Emergencies ...................................................................................................................... 8 Use Steps and Handholds Correctly ..................................................................................................... 9 Start Only From Operator′s Seat ........................................................................................................... 9 Use and Maintain Seat Belt .................................................................................................................. 9 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement .............................................................................................. 9 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—If Equipped With Pilot Controls ......................................... 10 Avoid Work Site Hazards .................................................................................................................... 10 Keep Riders Off Machine .................................................................................................................... 11 Avoid Backover Accidents .................................................................................................................. 12 Avoid Machine Tipover ....................................................................................................................... 13 Add and Operate Attachments Safely ................................................................................................ 13 Use Special Care When Operating ...................................................................................................... 13 Operating or Traveling On Public Roads ............................................................................................. 14 Inspect and Maintain ROPS ................................................................................................................. 15 Park and Prepare for Service Safely ................................................................................................... 15 Service Cooling System Safely ........................................................................................................... 16 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ........................................................................................... 16 Make Welding Repairs Safely ............................................................................................................. 17 Drive Metal Pins Safely ....................................................................................................................... 17 Service Tires Safely ............................................................................................................................ 18

<- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Group 01 - Safety Recognize Safety Information

Safety alert Symbols

Safety Alert Symbols This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury. Follow the precautions and safe operating practices highlighted by this symbol. A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards. On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color, WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION labels.

Follow Safety Instructions

Safety Messages Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Use this operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement. Be sure that new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 1

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in this operator′s manual. Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction. Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine could impair the function or safety and affect machine life. If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.

Operate Only If Qualified Do not operate this machine unless the operator′s manual has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by supervised training and instruction. Operator should be familiar with the job site and surroundings before operating. Try all controls and machine functions with the machine in an open area before starting to work. Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every work situation and work site.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 2

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Wear Protective Equipment

Protective Clothing Guard against injury from flying pieces or metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses. Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises. Radio or music headphones are not suitable to use for hearing protection.

Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deere replacement parts to ensure machine performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternate parts not intended for the application as these can create hazardous situations or hazardous performance. Non-John Deere parts, or any damage or malfunctions resulting from their use, are not covered by any John Deere warranty. Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapproved products or attachments, may affect machine stability or reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator or others near the machine. The installer of any modification which may affect the electronic controls of this machine is responsible for establishing that the modification does not adversely affect the machine or its performance. Always contact an authorized dealer before making machine modifications that change the intended use, weight or balance of the machine, or that alter machine controls, performance, or reliability.

Inspect Machine

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 3

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Inspect Machine Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it before starting. Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring.

Stay Clear of Moving Parts

Stay Clear of Moving Parts Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury. Stop engine before examining, adjusting, or maintaining any part of machine with moving parts. Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or shield that has been removed for access as soon as service or repair is complete.

Avoid High-Pressure Oils

Avoid High Pressure Oils

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 4

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Avoid High-Pressure Oils This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system. Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands. Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil. Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting lines or working on hydraulic system. If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically within hours or gangrene could result. Contact a knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

High Pressure Inspect hydraulic hoses periodically – at least once per year – for leakage, kinking, cuts, cracks, abrasion, blisters, corrosion, exposed wire braid or any other signs of wear or damage. Replace worn or damaged hose assemblies immediately with John Deere approved replacement parts. Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available in English from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.

Work In Ventilated Area

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 5

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Engine exhaust fumes Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension. If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.

Prevent Fires

Handle Fuel Safely

Clean Machine Regularly

Carry A Fire Extinguisher Handle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when near sparks or flame. Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, grease and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around fuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, and electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine compartment. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 6

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hoses immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently for damage. Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Know how to use extinguisher properly.

Prevent Battery Explosions

Battery Explosions Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode. Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer. Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F).

Handle Chemical Products Safely

Material Safety Data Sheet Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment. (See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.)

Decommissioning: Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 7

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Recycle Waste Safety and environmental stewardship measures must be taken into account when decommissioning a machine and/or component. These measures include the following: Use appropriate tools and personal protective equipment such as clothing, gloves, face shields or glasses, during the removal or handling of objects and materials. Follow instructions for specialized components. Release stored energy by lowering suspended machine elements, relaxing springs, disconnecting the battery or other electrical power, and releasing pressure in hydraulic components, accumulators, and other similar systems. Minimize exposure to components which may have residue from agricultural chemicals, such as fertilizers and pesticides. Handle and dispose of these components appropriately. Carefully drain engines, fuel tanks, radiators, hydraulic cylinders, reservoirs, and lines before recycling components. Use leak-proof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers. Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. Observe all national, state, and local laws, regulations, or ordinances governing the handling or disposal of waste fluids (example: oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid); filters; batteries; and, other substances or parts. Burning of flammable fluids or components in other than specially designed incinerators may be prohibited by law and could result in exposure to harmful fumes or ashes. Service and dispose of air conditioning systems appropriately. Government regulations may require a certified service center to recover and recycle air conditioning refrigerants which could damage the atmosphere if allowed to escape. Evaluate recycling options for tires, metal, plastic, glass, rubber, and electronic components which may be recyclable, in part or completely. Contact your local environmental or recycling center, or your John Deere dealer for information on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste.

Prepare for Emergencies

First Aid Kit Be prepared if a fire starts. Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 8

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

Use Steps and Handholds Correctly

Use Handholds And Steps Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails. Never use machine controls as handholds. Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.

Start Only From Operator′s Seat

Operate Only From Operators Seat Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only while sitting in operator′s seat. Ensure that all controls and working tools are in proper position for a parked machine. Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter solenoid terminals.

Use and Maintain Seat Belt

Use and Maintain Seat Belt Use seat belt when operating machine . Remember to fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks and during other uses. Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure that webbing is not cut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is damaged or does not function properly. The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced every three years, regardless of appearance.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 9

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement LEGEND: 1

Park Brake Switch

SSM Always press park brake switch (1) on the sealed switch module (SSM) to engage park brake before leaving the operator′s seat for any reason . Be careful not to accidentally actuate steering, travel or other controls. Engage park brake and lower work equipment to the ground during work interruptions. Stop the engine before allowing anyone to approach the machine. Follow proper parking procedures before leaving the operator′s station.

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—If Equipped With Pilot Controls

Pilot Enable Switch Be careful not to accidentally actuate control levers when co-workers are present. Always lock hydraulics on backhoe during work interruptions. Lock hydraulics before allowing anyone to approach machine.

Avoid Work Site Hazards

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 10

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Avoid contact with gas lines

Avoid collapsing banks Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and water lines. Call utility line location services to identify all underground utilities before starting work. Prepare work site properly . Avoid operating near structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over. Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move any part of machine or load closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length to overhead wires. Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a signal person if moving machine in congested areas or where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine. Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to support machine. Be especially alert working near embankments or excavations. Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or stockpiles that could collapse on machine. Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete or manholes) can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt.

Keep Riders Off Machine

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 11

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Keep Riders Off Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off. Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being struck by foreign objects and being thrown off of the machine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resulting in the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.

Avoid Backover Accidents

Avoid Backover Accidents Before moving machine, be sure that all persons are clear of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Use mirrors to assist in checking all around machine. Keep windows and mirrors clean, adjusted, and in good repair. Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly. Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate. Do not rely on the rear camera and radar object detection systems to determine if personnel are behind the machine. The system has limitations due to maintenance practices, environmental conditions, and operating range.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 12

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Avoid Machine Tipover

Avoid Machine Tipover Use seat belt at all times. Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to jump clear and the machine may crush you. Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be sure truck is wide enough and secured on a firm level surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to truck bed. Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky or frozen ground because machine may slip sideways in these conditions. Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating on stockpile materials, or near banks or excavations that may cave-in and cause machine to tip or fall.

Add and Operate Attachments Safely Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments could affect machine stability or reliability and could create a hazard for others near the machine. Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection is required or recommended. Verify that all connections are secure and attachment responds properly to controls. Carefully read attachment manual and follow all instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its characteristics and range of motion.

Use Special Care When Operating

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 13

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Man Falling From Bucket

Tipover Never use the loader to lift people. Do not allow anyone to ride in the bucket or use the bucket as a work platform. Operate carefully with raised loads. Raising the load reduces machine stability, especially on side slopes on soft terrain. Drive and turn slowly with a raised load. Ensure that objects in the bucket are secure. Do not attempt to lift or carry objects that are too big or too long to fit inside the bucket unless secured with an adequate chain or other device. Keep bystanders away from raised loads. Be careful when lifting objects. Never attempt to lift objects too heavy for your machine. Assure machine stability and hydraulic capability with a test lift before attempting other maneuvers. Use an adequate chain or sling and proper rigging techniques to attach and stabilize loads. Never lift an object above or near another person.

Operating or Traveling On Public Roads

Operating or Traveling On Public Roads Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slower than normal highway speeds must have proper lighting and markings to <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 14

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

assure they are visible to other drivers. Install additional lights, beacon lights, slow moving vehicle (SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required to make the machine visible and identify it as a work machine. Check state and local regulations to assure compliance. Keep these devices clean and in working condition.

Inspect and Maintain ROPS A damaged rollover protective structure (ROPS) should be replaced, not reused. The protection offered by ROPS could be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting. If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspect it carefully before operating the machine again. To maintain the ROPS: Replace missing hardware using correct grade hardware. Check hardware torque. Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness, or wear; replace them if necessary. Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.

Park and Prepare for Service Safely

Do Not Operate Tag

Support Machine Properly Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare your machine for service or repair properly. Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment to the ground. Engage park brake. Stop engine and remove key. Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in the operator′s station. Securely support machine or attachment before working under it. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 15

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated tools or attachments. Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden pieces that may crumble or crush. Do not support machine with a single jack or other devices that may slip out of place. Always install boom lock before working on or around this machine with the loader boom raised. Understand service procedures before beginning repairs. Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people whenever the engine must be running for service work.

Service Cooling System Safely

Cooling System Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Do not service radiator through the radiator cap. Only fill through the surge tank filler cap. Shut off engine. Only remove surge tank filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing completely.

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Toxic Fumes Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. Remove paint before heating: Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding. If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating. Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place. Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 16

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Group 01: Safety

Dispose of paint and solvent properly.

Make Welding Repairs Safely

Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn off main battery switch and disconnect positive (+) and negative (-) battery cables. Do not weld or apply heat on any part of a reservoir or tank that has contained oil or fuel. Heat from welding and cutting can cause oil, fuel, or cleaning solution to create gases which are explosive, flammable, or toxic. Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines malfunction as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines. Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes. Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs. Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection and protective equipment when welding.

Drive Metal Pins Safely

Hardened Metal Parts Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and other protective equipment before striking hardened parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and bucket teeth could dislodge chips at high velocity. Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and object to prevent chipping.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9000 page 17

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

DIAGNOSTICS

(g) by Belgreen v2.0

Service Tires Safely

Explosive Tire and Rim Parts Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel. When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available. Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 18

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS Table of contents Group 10 - Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes .................................................... 1 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ........................................................................... 1 Engine Speed Control Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 2 Engine Speed Control Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 4 Engine Speed Control Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 5 Engine Speed Control Pedal Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................... 7 Engine Speed Control Pedal Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................... 9 Engine Speed Control Pedal Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................... 10 Air Filter Restriction Switch Malfunction Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................... 12 Engine Overspeed Severely High Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................... 14 Engine Overspeed Moderately High Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................. 14 Invalid VIN Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................................ 16 Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 16 Fuel Lift Pump Relay Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................ 18 Fuel Lift Pump Relay is Above Normal Operating Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ................................ 21 Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................... 23 Starter Relay Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................... 25 Power Shutdown Check ...................................................................................................................... 26 Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 27 Can Communication Lost with VCU Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................. 28 Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 29 Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 29 Group 20 - Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ....................................... 31 Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ............................................................... 31 Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 32 Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 35 Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 36 Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 38 Software Revision Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................ 40 VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 40 VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 41 VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 42 Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 43 000629.12 - Controller Fault ............................................................................................................... 43 Monitor Alarm Output Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................. 44 NO CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 45 No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine .................................................................... 47 NO CAN From TCU Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 54 NO CAN From VCU Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 54 NO CAN From SSM Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 55 NO CAN From HVC Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 56 NO CAN From MTG Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 57 Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 58 Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 61 Monitor Button Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... 62 Group 30 - Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ....................................... 64 Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ............................................................... 64 <- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................................... 65 Trans Oil Temp Diagnostics Procedure ............................................................................................... 67 Trans Oil Temp Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. 68 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 69 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 71 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 73 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 74 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 76 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 78 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 80 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 82 TCL Neutral SW Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 84 Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 86 Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 89 000629.12 - Controller Fault ............................................................................................................... 91 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 92 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 94 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 96 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 98 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 100 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 102 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 104 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 106 Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 108 Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 110 Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 112 Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 114 Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 116 Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 118 Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 120 Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 122 Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 124 Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 126 Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 128 Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 130 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 132 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 134 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 136 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 137 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 139 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 141 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 143 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 145 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 147 Brake Light Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 149 No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine .................................................................. 151 NO CAN From SDM Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 158 No CAN From AVC Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 158 No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 159 NO CAN From JSR Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 160 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 161 Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 163 Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 165 <- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. MWFD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. TCL Selector Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... Park Brake Pressure Switch Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................... Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Group 40 - Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ............................................... Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ...................................................................... Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Controller Fault Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Starter Relay Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................. Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................. Engine Shutdown Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................. Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Hydraulic Oil Restriction Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................ Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... No CAN from HVC Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... EH Watchdog Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... <- Go to Global Table of contents

167 169 171 173 175 177 179 181 183 185 187 190 192 194 196 198 199 200 200 201 202 204 206 208 210 211 211 211 213 215 215 216 217 217 218 219 221 223 224 226 228 230 232 233 235 237 240 242 244 246 248 250 251

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 254 Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 256 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 258 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 261 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 264 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 266 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 268 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 271 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 273 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 275 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 278 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 280 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 282 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 285 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 287 Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 289 Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 292 Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 294 Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 296 Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 299 Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. 301 Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. 303 Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. 306 Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 308 Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 311 Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 314 EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................................... 317 EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................................... 319 EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................................... 321 Hazard Wakeup Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. 323 Turn Signal Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 325 Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 327 Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 329 Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 331 Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 333 Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 335 Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 337 Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 339 Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 341 Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 343 Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 345 Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 347 Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 349 Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 351 Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 353 Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 355 Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 357 Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 361 Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 363 Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 365 Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................... 367 Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................... 370 Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................... 372 <- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................... Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................... Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................... HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ........................................................................................... HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ........................................................................................... Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Bucket Level Indicator Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Hi Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Hydraulic Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Group 50 - Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes .......................................... Auxiliary Valve Controller (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes .............................................................. Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 000629.12 - Controller Fault ............................................................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... <- Go to Global Table of contents

374 376 378 380 382 384 387 391 393 395 397 399 401 403 405 407 409 411 413 415 417 419 421 422 424 426 428 430 432 434 436 438 440 442 444 446 448 450 451 452 454 456 458 458 459 460 463 463 464 466 467 468 470

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Left Joystick Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................................... CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Valve Power 2 Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 524204.03 - Loader Aux Switch ........................................................................................................ 524204.05 - Loader Aux Switch ........................................................................................................ Group 60 - Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ........................................... Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ................................................................... Watchdog Timeout Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Ignition Relay Out Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Ignition Relay Out Current Low Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... <- Go to Global Table of contents

472 474 475 477 479 481 482 483 485 488 490 492 494 496 498 500 502 504 506 508 510 512 514 516 517 518 519 519 519 520 522 523 523 524 525 525 526 527 527 528 529 529 530 531 531 532 533 533 534 535 535 536 537

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................................................................

<- Go to Global Table of contents

537 538 539 539 540 541 541 542

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group 10 - Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 002047.09 , 002047 is the SPN and 09 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all ECU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 1

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000029.03- Hand Throttle 17

Engine speed control dial (B21) is above normal operating voltage. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Engine Speed Control Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control dial (B21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Measure resistance between pins A and B on speed control dial (B21). Does resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control dial (B21) malfunction. Replace engine speed control dial. ( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Switched power ON. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 2

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check for voltage at: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire E021 WHT of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed dial connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short to Power Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire E021 WHT of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Is voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Disconnect the following connectors: Disconnect engine harness to cab/canopy harness connector (X20). ECU 32-pin connector (X41) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin A3 wire P051 RED of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin C3 wire R051 BLK of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin F3 wire E021 WHT of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 3

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000029.04- Hand Throttle 17

Engine speed control dial (B21) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Engine Speed Control Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control dial (B21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Measure resistance between pins A and B on speed control dial (B21). Does resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control dial (B21) malfunction. Replace engine speed control dial. ( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Switched power ON. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 4

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control dial (B21) connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector and pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Pin B wire E021 WHT of engine speed dial connector and pin F3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between pin B wire E021 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU. 000029.14- Hand Throttle 17

Engine speed control dial is out of range high or low. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Engine Speed Control Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Engine Speed Control Dial (B21) Reset

Action: Switched power ON. Reset the engine speed control dial (B21) by: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 5

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Turning switch to the minimum throttle value and then back to full throttle value. Setting throttle to mid-position and turning ignition switch OFF for 60 seconds and then back ON. Is ECU code 000029.14 present?

Result: YES:Go to Code Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Code Check

Action: Check for active diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for the following engine control unit (ECU) codes: 000029.03—Hand Throttle or 000029.04—Hand Throttle. Are either of these codes active?

Result: YES:Correct active ECU codes first. See 000029.03—Hand Throttle or see 000029.04—Hand Throttle . (Group 9001-10.) NO:Program ECU.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 6

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000091.03- Foot Throttle 17

Engine speed control pedal (B20) is out of range high. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Engine Speed Control Pedal Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control pedal connector (B20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Test engine speed control pedal (B20). See Engine Speed Control Pedal Test . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control pedal (B20) malfunction. Replace engine speed control pedal. ( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire E020 WHT of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 7

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Pin B wire R051 BLK of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control pedal connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short to Power Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire E020 WHT of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire R051 BLK of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Is voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Disconnect engine harness to cab/canopy harness connector (X20). Disconnect ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Check for continuity between: Pin A3 wire P051 RED of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin A4 wire E021 WHT of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin C3 wire R051 BLK of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 8

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000091.04- Foot Throttle 17

Engine speed control pedal (B20) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Engine Speed Control Pedal Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control pedal (B20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Test engine speed control pedal (B20). See Engine Speed Control Pedal Test . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control pedal (B20) malfunction. Replace engine speed control pedal. ( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Switched power ON. Check pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control pedal (B20) connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 9

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector and pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Pin B wire E020 WHT of engine speed dial connector and pin A4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between pin B wire E020 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU. 000091.14- Foot Throttle 17

Engine speed control pedal (B20) is out of range high or low. Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Engine Speed Control Pedal Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20) Reset

Action: Reset the engine speed control pedal (B20) by depressing pedal to maximum and then releasing pedal back to the minimum value, or setting pedal to mid-position and turning ignition switch OFF for 60 seconds and then back ON. Is ECU code 000091.14 present?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 10

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Code Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Code Check

Action: Check for active diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for the following engine control unit (ECU) codes: 000091.03—Foot Throttle or 000091.04—Foot Throttle. Are either of these codes active?

Result: YES:Correct active ECU codes first. See 000091.03—Foot Throttle or see 000091.04—Foot Throttle . (Group 9001-10.) NO:Program ECU.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 11

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000107.00- Engine Air Filter 213

Air filter restriction switch (B109) indicates a blockage in the air inlet system. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Air Filter Restriction Switch Malfunction Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Air Filter Check. ( 2 ) Air Filter Check

Action: Check air filter. See Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements . (Operator’s Manual.) Is air filter restricted with debris?

Result: YES:Replace air filter. See Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements . (Operator’s Manual.) NO:Go to Air Inlet System Check. ( 3 ) Air Inlet System Check

Action: Check air inlet system for debris. See Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) Is air inlet system restricted?

Result: YES:Remove restriction from air intake system. See Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 4 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Air restriction switch (B109). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 5 ) Component Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 12

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect air filter restriction switch (B109). Start engine. Check switch for continuity between pins A and B on switch connector. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Replace air filter restriction switch (B109). NO:Go to Voltage Check. ( 6 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Air filter restriction switch (B109) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire P031 RED of air filter restriction connector for machine voltage. Pin B wire M009 PUR of air filter restriction connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Short to Power Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Air filter restriction switch (B109) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Disconnect alternator D+ terminal. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire P031 RED of air filter restriction connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire M009 PUR of air filter restriction connector for 0.0 V. Is voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 8 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Air filter restriction switch (B109) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 13

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Alternator D+ terminal disconnected. Disconnect ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Check for continuity between pin B wire M009 PUR and the remaining pins on connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000190.00- Engine Speed 17

Engine has exceeded overspeed specification of 3000 rpm. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Engine Overspeed Severely High Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Diagnostic Trouble Code Check. ( 2 ) Diagnostic Trouble Code Check

Action: See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for active engine control unit (ECU) diagnostic trouble codes. 000190.00 000636.02 000636.10 000637.02 000637.07 Are any of the above engine control unit (ECU) codes present?

Result: YES:Diagnose and repair active ECU trouble codes. See 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below 130kW (175hp)—Interim Tier 4/Stage III B Platform. (CTM104.) NO:Program ECU. 000190.16- Engine Speed 17

Engine has exceeded overspeed specification of 2600 rpm. →NOTE: Diagnostic trouble code will not appear within monitor DIAGNOSTIC menu. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 14

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Engine Overspeed Moderately High Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Diagnostic Trouble Code Check. ( 2 ) Diagnostic Trouble Code Check

Action: See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for active engine control unit (ECU) diagnostic trouble codes. 000190.00 000636.02 000636.10 000637.02 000637.07 Are any of the above engine control unit (ECU) codes present?

Result: YES:Diagnose and repair active ECU trouble codes. See 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below 130kW (175hp)—Interim Tier 4/Stage III B Platform. (CTM104.) NO:Program ECU.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 15

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000237.31- Vehicle ID Number 17

VIN number sent over CAN network to vehicle control unit (VCU) does not match the VIN stored in engine control unit (ECU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Invalid VIN Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Check. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?

Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 4 ) Software Version Check

Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?

Result: YES:Program ECU. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000628.12- Memory Error <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 16

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

17

The engine control unit (ECU) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Switched power ON. Check for active ECU codes. Is ECU code 000628.12 present?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 17

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001075.05- Fuel Pump Control 17

The fuel lift pump relay (K17) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Fuel Lift Pump Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel lift pump relay (K17). See Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel lift pump relay harness connector (X86). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel lift pump relay (K17). Apply machine voltage to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?

Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Fuel lift pump relay (K17) malfunction. Replace relay.

Action: With machine voltage applied to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85, check continuity between pin 30 and pin 87. Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 18

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuel lift pump relay (K17). ( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage between pin 85 (wire G040 BLK) and pin 86 (wire E031 WHT). Is machine voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Disconnect fuel lift pump (M17). Check for continuity between: Pin 85 wire G040 BLK to pin 1 of fuel lift pump (M17). Pin 86 wire E031 WHT to pin M3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Fuel lift pump (M17) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 86 wire E031 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 7 ) Harness Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 19

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Disconnect fuel lift pump (M17). ECU 32-pin connector (X41) disconnected. Check continuity between pim M3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) and all other pins on connectors (X41 and X42.) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 20

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001075.06- Fuel Pump Control 17

The fuel lift pump relay (K17) is above normal operating voltage. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Fuel Lift Pump Relay is Above Normal Operating Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel lift pump relay (K17). See Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel lift pump relay harness connector (X86). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel lift pump relay (K17). Apply machine voltage to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?

Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Fuel lift pump relay (K17) malfunction. Replace relay.

Action: With machine voltage applied to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85, check continuity between pin 30 and pin 87. Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 21

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuel lift pump relay (K17). ( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 30 wire P021 RED of fuel lift pump relay for machine voltage. Pin 85 wire G040 BLK of fuel lift pump relay for 0.0 V. Pin 86 wire E031 WHT of fuel lift pump relay for machine voltage. Pin 87 wire E030 WHT of fuel lift pump relay for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. ECU 32-pin connector (X41) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 86 wire E031 WHT on fuel lift pump relay and all other pins on connectors (X41 and X42). Pin 85 wire G040 BLK on fuel lift pump relay and all other pins on connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 22

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001321.05- Starter Relay 17

Starter relay (K5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Warning Alarm Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect starter relay (K5). Apply machine voltage to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?

Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Starter relay (K5) malfunction. Replace relay.

Action: With machine voltage applied to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2, check continuity between pin 1 and pin 2. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 23

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Starter relay (K5) malfunction. Replace relay. ( 4 ) Fuse Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Remove main 250 A fuse (F1). Check continuity between both sides of fuse. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace main 250 A fuse (F1). ( 5 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Starter relay (K5) diconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between: Pin C1 wire E005 WHT on starter relay (K5) to pin K4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Pin C2 wire G005 BLK and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program ECU. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 24

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001321.06- Starter Relay 17

Starter relay (K5) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Warning Alarm Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Starter Relay Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect wires G005 BLK and E005 WHT from starter relay (K5). Apply machine voltage to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?

Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Starter relay (K5) malfunction. Replace starter.

Action: With machine voltage applied to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2, check continuity between pin 1 and pin 2. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 25

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Replace starter relay (K5). ( 4 ) Fuse Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Remove main 250 A fuse (F1). Check continuity between both sides of fuse. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace main 250 A fuse (F1). ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Starter relay (K5) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between pin C1 wire E005 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Starter relay (K5) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Disconnect starter (M1). Check for continuity on pin K4 wire E005 WHT and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU. 001321.16- Starter Relay 17

Starter motor (M1) was engaged for 30 or more seconds. Starter motor needs to be disengaged for 60 seconds to reset engine control unit (ECU) internal timer. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 26

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Power Shutdown Check ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: To protect the starter from damage due to overcranking, the engine control unit (ECU) will disengage the starter after 30 seconds of continuous cranking. To reset the ECU and clear this code: Turn ignition switch OFF for 60 seconds. Switched power ON. Is ECU code 001321.16 present?

Result: YES:Program ECU. NO:Go to Engine Crank Check. ( 2 ) Engine Crank Check

Action: Attempt to start engine. Does engine start?

Result: YES:Program ECU. NO: See E1 - Engine Cranks/Won′t Start . (CTM331.) 002003.09- No CAN From TCU 17

CAN communication error; engine control unit (ECU) has lost communication with VCU. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 27

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Check. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN resistor. 002047.09- Can Communication Lost with VCU 17

The engine control unit (ECU) has lost communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Can Communication Lost with VCU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Test. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Test

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 28

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN Resistor. 002071.09- No CAN From VCU 17

The engine control unit (ECU) is not receiving the hand throttle message from the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Test. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Test

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN resistor. 523702.09- Flex Power Message Missing 17

The engine control unit (ECU) is not receiving the flex power message from the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 29

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Test. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Test

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN resistor.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 30

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group 20 - Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all SDM diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 31

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000096.03- Fuel Level Sensor 276

Fuel level sensor (B8) circuit is open or short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active standard display monitor (SDM) codes. Is SDM code 000096.03 present?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 32

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor (B8). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short to Power Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM connector (X4). Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Open Check. ( 6 ) Open Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R108 BLK) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin F of SDM connector (X4). Pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin N of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 7 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 33

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Section 9001 page 34

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000096.04- Fuel Level Sensor 276

Fuel level sensor (B8) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active SDM codes. Is SDM code 000096.04 present?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 35

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor. Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Check pin N (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM (X4) for continuity to machine ground. Is continuity to machine ground indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Harness Check ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). 000168.03- Battery Voltage 276

Battery voltage input is above 15.5 V with engine running. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 36

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to System Voltage Check. ( 2 ) System Voltage Check

Action: Start engine. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15.5 V?

Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Program controller. ( 3 ) Alternator Check

Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace alternator.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 37

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000168.04- Battery Voltage 276

Battery voltage input is below 11.7 V with engine running. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Clean and tighten battery terminals. See Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals . (Operator′s Manual.) Charge batteries. See Using Battery Charger . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Standard display monitor (SDM) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuse and relay block (X3). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Ignition relay (K10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 38

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Check for following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Main 250 A Fuse (F1) Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse (F30) Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse (F15) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Relay Check. NO:Replace fuse(s). ( 5 ) Relay Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect ignition relay (K10). Apply 12 V to pin 1 of ignition relay (K10). Apply ground to pin 1 of ignition relay (K10). sss: Did ignition relay (K10) “click?” Check for continuity between pin 3 of ignition relay (K10) and pin 5 of ignition relay (K10). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace ignition relay (K10). ( 6 ) Voltage Check

Action: Start engine. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage 12 V or less?

Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 7 ) Alternator Check

Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace alternator. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 39

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 8 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). Disconnect fuse and relay block (X3). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire P015 RED) of SDM connector (X4) and pin D5 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin L (wire P030 RED) of SDM connector (X4) and pin AA7 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin P (wire G001 BLK) of SDM connector (X4) and operator station floor ground (W2). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 000234.02- Software Incorrect 276

The vehicle control unit (VCU) does not have appropriate software version to be compatible with standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Software Revision Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Switched power ON. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTC). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?

Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Software Version Check

Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.02- VIN Mismatch 276

The model number and VIN number is missing in the standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 40

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: For additional information, See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software PIN Check. ( 2 ) Software PIN Check

Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper PIN is stored in software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct PIN number stored?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct PIN number. 000237.13- VIN Mismatch 276

The model number and VIN number is missing in the standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: For additional information, See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 41

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) Software Version Check

Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.31- VIN Missing 276

The model number and VIN number is missing in the standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) Software Version Check

Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 42

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000628.12- Memory Error 17

The engine control unit (ECU) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Switched power ON. Check for active ECU codes. Is ECU code 000628.12 present?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. 000629.12- Controller Fault 276

The standard display monitor (SDM) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Red Stop Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Cycle switched power. If code still exists, program SDM.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 43

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000920.12- Alarm Output 276

The monitor alarm (H1) circuit is open or short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Monitor Alarm Output Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTC). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?

Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:DTC is intermittent. Check P015 RED and C101 GRY wires for intermittent opens or shorts. Check SDM connector (X4) pin E for loose connection. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Monitor alarm connector (H1). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Measure resistance of monitor alarm. Is resistance approximately 1.5 kilo-ohms?

Result: YES:Go to Open Check. NO:Replace monitor alarm (H1). ( 4 ) Open Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Monitor alarm (H1) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 44

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire P015 RED) on monitor alarm connector (H1) and pin A of SDM connector (X4). Pin B (wire C101 GRY) on monitor alarm connector (H1) and pin E of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 5 ) Short to Power Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect monitor alarm (H1). Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire R015 RED) on SDM connector (X4). Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch to OFF. Monitor alarm (H1) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire P015 RED) on SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit P015 RED is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). 001196.11- Antitheft 276

Door lock status message from ECU is not received by SDM. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

NO CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 45

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 46

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002000.09- No CAN from ECU 189

The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with engine control unit (ECU). →NOTE: Diagnostic procedures for Stage II and Tier 3 engines provided. Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Stage II Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check

Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?

Result: YES: Go to Connector Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 4 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 47

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Disconnect ECU connector (X10). IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to connector terminals. Use correct size male terminal pin for checking female terminals. Inspect pins and terminals on ECU connector (X10) and ECU (A2) for wear or damage. Do pins or terminals show signs of wear or damage?

Result: YES:Repair or replace damaged pins or terminals. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 5 ) Battery Check

Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?

Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 6 ) Fuse Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 7 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 8 ) Voltage Drop Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 48

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?

Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F10). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 9 ) Wiring Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?

Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.

Action: Check continuity to ground at pin J2 (wire G002 black) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?

Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 49

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 11 ) ECU Power Check

Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?

Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 12 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check

Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Go to ECU Check. ( 13 ) ECU Check

Action: Program ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Continue check.

Action: Replace ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace engine harness (W10). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 50

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check

Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?

Result: YES: Go to Battery Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 4 ) Battery Check

Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?

Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 51

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Fuse Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 6 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 7 ) Voltage Drop Check

Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?

Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 8 ) Wiring Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 52

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 9 ) Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?

Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.

Action: Check continuity to ground at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L2, L3, and M2 (wires G002 black). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?

Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) ECU Power Check

Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?

Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check

Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the following pins: L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 53

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Program ECU. 002003.09- No CAN from TCU 276

The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with transmission control unit (TCU). For more information: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

NO CAN From TCU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002071.09- No CAN from VCU 276

The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). For more information: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 54

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO CAN From VCU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002141.09- No CAN from SSM 276

The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with sealed switch module (SSM). For more information: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

NO CAN From SSM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 55

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002228.09- No CAN from HVC 276

The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with hydraulic valve controller (HVC). For more information: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

NO CAN From HVC Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 56

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002251.09- No CAN from MTG 276

The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with modular telematics gateway (MTG) module. For more information: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

NO CAN From MTG Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 57

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003509.03- Sensor Supply 1 276

Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active standard display monitor (SDM) codes. Is SDM code 000096.03 present?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 58

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor (B8). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short to Power Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM connector (X4). Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Open Check. ( 6 ) Open Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R108 BLK) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin F of SDM connector (X4). Pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin N of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 7 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 59

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Section 9001 page 60

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003509.04- Sensor Supply 1 276

Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active SDM codes. Is SDM code 000096.04 present?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 61

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor. Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Check pin N (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM (X4) for continuity to machine ground. Is continuity to machine ground indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Harness Check ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). 524082.07- Display Buttons 276

Button on standard display monitor (SDM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Monitor Button Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Button Check. ( 2 ) Button Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 62

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power ON. Press all buttons on standard display monitor (SDM). Check for active SDM codes. Is code 524082.07 present?

Result: YES:Go to Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) Power ON/OFF Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active SDM codes. Is code 524082.07 present?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 63

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group 30 - Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000070.04 , 000070 is the SPN and 04 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all VCU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 64

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000070.14- Park Brake 44

Transmission control unit (TCU) lost CAN communication with sealed switch module (SSM) or invalid ground speed. TCU automatically applied the park brake after a 15 second delay. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check

Action: Check for active TCU diagnostic trouble codes. Are any TCU DTCs active?

Result: YES:Diagnose and clear all active TCU DTCs. NO:Go to Intermittent Check. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Pressure Check. ( 3 ) Pressure Check

Action: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is pressure to specification?

Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:Diagnose and repair pressure malfunction. ( 4 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park Brake Pressure Switch (B13). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 65

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace connector.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 66

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000177.00- Trans Oil Temp 44

Transmission temperature high. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Overheats . (Group 9020-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-15.) See Transmission Filter Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Trans Oil Temp Diagnostics Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Cooler Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Cooler Check

Action: Perform Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Was test successful?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Diagnose and repair transmission cooler.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 67

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000177.04- Trans Oil Temp 44

Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) short to ground. (Below 0.25 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Overheats . (Group 9020-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-15.) See Transmission Filter Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Trans Oil Temp Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). Check torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Does torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) meet specifications?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 68

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). ( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at pin A (wire X006 YEL) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). Is voltage above 0.5 V?

Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire X006 YEL) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and pin 43 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire R038 BLK) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and pin L2 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire X006 YEL) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and machine ground. Pin B (wire R038 BLK) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000191.00- Transmission Speed 44

Transmission output speed sensor (B14) is reading above 4000 rpm. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 69

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)

Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check

Action: Check for any active TCU or VCU codes. Are any TCU or VCU codes active?

Result: YES:Diagnose and clear all active TCU and VCU codes. NO:Program controller. ( 2 ) Machine Operation Check

Action: Clear active diagnostic trouble codes. Operate machine on smooth level surface through all gear ranges. Check for active TCU code 000191.00—Transmission Speed. Is code active?

Result: YES:Go to Equipment Check. NO:Checks complete. Instruct owner/operator of proper machine operations. ( 3 ) Equipment Check

Action: Check machine tires for proper inflation and size. See Tire Pressures . (Operator’s Manual.) Are tires properly inflated and correct size?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Inflate tire to specification or replace with appropriate size.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 70

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000191.03- Transmission Speed 44

Transmission output speed sensor (B14) out of range high. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)

Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission output speed sensor (B14). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission output speed sensor (B14). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin A (wire M014 PUR) of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Pin B (wire R014 BLK) of transmission output speed sensor (B14). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 71

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is voltage above 4.95 V?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Transmission output speed sensor (B14) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin L2 (wire R059 BLK) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and all other connectors to VCU. Pin 17 (wire M014 PUR) of VCU connector 2 (X12) and all other connectors to VCU. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 72

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000191.04- Transmission Speed 44

Transmission output speed sensor (B14) out of range low. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)

Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission output speed sensor (B14). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission output speed sensor (B14). Switched power ON. Check voltage at pin A of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Is voltage above 0.5 V?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 73

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission output speed sensor (B14) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin L2 (wire R059 BLK) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin B of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Pin 17 (wire M014 PUR) of VCU connector 2 (X12) and pin A of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission output speed sensor (B14) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire M014 PUR) of transmission output speed sensor (B14) and machine ground. Pin B (wire R014 BLK) of transmission output speed sensor (B14) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000191.16- Transmission Speed 44

Transmission output speed sensor (B14) is reading above 3600 rpm. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)

Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check

Action: Check for any active TCU or VCU codes. Are any TCU or VCU codes active? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 74

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Diagnose and clear all active TCU and VCU codes. NO:Program controller. ( 2 ) Machine Operation Check

Action: Clear active diagnostic trouble codes. Operate machine on smooth level surface through all gear ranges. Check for active TCU code 000191.16—Transmission Speed. Is code active?

Result: YES:Go to Equipment Check. NO:Checks complete. Instruct owner/operator of proper machine operations. ( 3 ) Equipment Check

Action: Check machine tires for proper inflation and size. See Tire Pressures . (Operator’s Manual.) Are tires properly inflated and correct size?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Inflate tire to specification or replace with appropriate size.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 75

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000525.02- Requested Gear 44

Gear select switch (S6) inputs have invalid combination. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check

Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 76

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed below and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 77

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000525.03- Requested Gear 44

Gear select switch (S6) inputs shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check

Action: Check transmission control lever. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 78

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 79

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000525.04- Requested Gear 44

Gear select switch (S6) is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check

Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 80

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Check for continuity between pins listed below and machine ground. Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 81

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000525.05- Requested Gear 44

Gear select switch (S6) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check

Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 82

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 83

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000604.04- TCL Neutral SW 44

Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) input short to ground. Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

TCL Neutral SW Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check

Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 84

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Check for continuity between pins listed below and machine ground. Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 85

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000617.07- Park Brake Circuit 44

Park brake release solenoid (Y7) inputs conflict with park brake pressure switch (B13). Park brake release solenoid (Y7) is stuck, indicating low pressure. Alarm Level: Park Brake Indicator Displayed Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.)

Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Pressure Check. ( 2 ) Pressure Check

Action: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is pressure to specification?

Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:Diagnose and repair pressure malfunction. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 86

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 6 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check switch for continuity between: Pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin G4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin B4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect battery power. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check switch for continuity between: Pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin B4 (wire R007 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 87

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 88

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000618.07- Park Brake Circuit 44

Park brake release solenoid (Y7) inputs conflict with park brake pressure switch (B13). Park brake release solenoid (Y7) is stuck, indicating low pressure. Alarm Level: Park Brake Indicator Displayed Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.)

Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Pressure Check. ( 2 ) Pressure Check

Action: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is pressure to specification?

Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:Diagnose and repair pressure malfunction. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 89

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 6 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check switch for continuity between: Pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin G4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin B4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect battery power. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check switch for continuity between: Pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X13). Pin B4 (wire R007 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X13). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 90

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. 000629.12- Controller Fault 44

The vehicle control unit (VCU) has detected an internal error. Cycle switched power. If code still exists, program VCU.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 91

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000734.03- Y1 Solenoid 44

Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) high side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T001 BLU) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 92

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin M4 (wire T001 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T001 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 93

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000734.04- Y1 Solenoid 44

Transmission control solenoid (Y1) high side driver shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 94

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire T001 BLU) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T001 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. OK: ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin M4 (wire T001 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire T001 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 95

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000734.05- Y1 Solenoid 44

Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) circuit is open. Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). ( 4 ) Continuity Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 96

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T001 BLU) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) and pin M4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R001 BLK) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) and pin F4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 97

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000734.06- Y1 Solenoid 44

Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) low side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin B (wire R001 BLK) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 98

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin F4 (wire R001 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Low side driver circuit (wire R001 BLK) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 99

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000735.03- Y2 Solenoid 44

Transmission reverse direction Solenoid (Y2) high side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T002 BLU) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 100

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin J4 (wire T002 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire T002 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 101

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000735.04- Y2 Solenoid 44

Transmission reverse direction Solenoid (Y2) high side driver shorted to ground. Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 102

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire T002 BLU) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T002 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. OK: ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin J4 (wire T002 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire T002 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 103

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000735.05- Y2 Solenoid 44

Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 104

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T002 BLU) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) and pin J4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R202 BLK) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) and pin A4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 105

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000735.06- Y2 Solenoid 44

Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) low side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin B (wire R202 BLK) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 106

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin F4 (wire R202 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Low side driver circuit (wire R202 BLK) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 107

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000736.03- Y3 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T003 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid (Y3). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 108

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid (Y3). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y3). ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 14 (wire T003 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T003 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 109

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000736.05- Y3 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y3). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 110

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T003 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid (Y3) and pin 14 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid (Y3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 111

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000736.06- Y3 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y3). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 112

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T003 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 113

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000737.03- Y4 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T004 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 114

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y4). ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 16 (wire T004 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T004 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 115

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000737.05- Y4 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid (Y4). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y4). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 116

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T004 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) and pin 16 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 117

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000737.06- Y4 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y4). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 118

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T004 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 119

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000738.03- Y5 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T005 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 120

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y5). ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 40 (wire T005 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T005 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 121

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000738.05- Y5 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 122

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T005 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) and pin 40 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 123

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000738.06- Y5 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 124

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T005 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 125

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000739.03- Y6 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T006 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 126

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y6). ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 15 (wire T006 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T006 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 127

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000739.05- Y6 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 128

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T006 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) and pin 15 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 129

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000739.06- Y6 Solenoid 44

Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 130

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T006 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 131

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000746.03- Differential Lock 44

Differential lock solenoid (Y10) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)

Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock solenoid (Y10). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire W110 BLU) of differential lock solenoid (Y10). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 132

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 11 (wire W110 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side circuit (wire W110 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 133

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000746.05- Differential Lock 44

Differential lock solenoid (Y10) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)

Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock solenoid (Y10). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 134

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). ( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire W110 BLU) of differential lock solenoid (Y10) and pin 11 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of differential lock solenoid (Y10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 135

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000746.06- Differential Lock 44

Differential lock solenoid (Y10) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)

Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock solenoid (Y10). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 136

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire W110 BLU) of differential lock solenoid (Y10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000746.31- Differential Lock 44

Differential lock switch was engaged while engine or transmission speed was too high to allow engagement. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)

Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check

Action: Check for active TCU DTC 523689.07—Diff Lock Switch. Is TCU DTC 523689.07—Diff Lock Switch active?

Result: YES:Diagnose and clear code. NO:Go to Machine Operation. ( 2 ) Machine Operation

Action: Clear active TCU DTCs. Operate machine on smooth level surface through all transmission speeds. Do NOT engage differential lock switch. Is 000746.31—Differential Lock TCU DTC active?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 137

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. Instruct owner/ operator on proper differential lock usage. See Differential Lock Operation . (Operator’s Manual.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 138

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000767.05- TCL Reverse SW 44

Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check

Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 139

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 140

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000880.03- Brake Lights 44

The vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) measured voltage ≥ 7.4 V for 1 second when driver was commanded OFF. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and right tail brake/tail light (E10). Is 0 V indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 141

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Go to next check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X14). Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 41 (wire L046 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 142

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000880.05- Brake Lights 44

Brake lights circuit open. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check light for continuity between: Pin A and pin C of left brake/tail light (E9). Pin A and pin C of right brake/tail light (E10). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 143

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9) or right brake/tail light (E10). ( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Switched power ON. Apply one of the brake pedal. Check voltage at: Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and right tail brake/tail light (E10) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and pin 41 of VCU connector (X13). Pin C (wire G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) and machine ground. Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of right brake/tail light (E10) and pin 41 of VCU connector (X13). Pin C (wire G020 BLK) of right brake/tail light (E10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 144

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000880.06- Brake Lights 44

Brake lights circuit short to ground. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check for continuity between pin A of both left brake/tail light (E9) and right brake/tail light (E10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to next check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 145

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Check for resistance between pins A (L046 BRN) and G (G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) and right brake/tail light (E10). Is resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Light is internally short to ground. Replace light.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 146

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000903.05- TCL Forward SW 44

Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check

Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 147

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector(X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 148

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001045.04- Brake Light SW 44

Brake light switch 1 (S26) or brake light switch 2 (S27) detected as closed for 10 minutes. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Brake Light Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake light switch 1 (S26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake light switch 2 (S27). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Brake light switch 1 (S26) disconnected. Brake light switch 2 (S27) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin F3 (wire N005 YEL) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 149

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 150

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002000.09- No CAN from ECU 44

The engine control unit (ECU) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). →NOTE: Diagnostic procedures for Stage II and Tier 3 engines provided. Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Stage II Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check

Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?

Result: YES: Go to Connector Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 4 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 151

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Disconnect ECU connector (X10). IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to connector terminals. Use correct size male terminal pin for checking female terminals. Inspect pins and terminals on ECU connector (X10) and ECU (A2) for wear or damage. Do pins or terminals show signs of wear or damage?

Result: YES:Repair or replace damaged pins or terminals. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 5 ) Battery Check

Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?

Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 6 ) Fuse Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 7 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 8 ) Voltage Drop Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 152

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?

Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F10). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 9 ) Wiring Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?

Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.

Action: Check continuity to ground at pin J2 (wire G002 black) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?

Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 153

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 11 ) ECU Power Check

Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?

Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 12 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check

Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Go to ECU Check. ( 13 ) ECU Check

Action: Program ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Continue check.

Action: Replace ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace engine harness (W10). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 154

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check

Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?

Result: YES: Go to Battery Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 4 ) Battery Check

Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?

Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 155

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Fuse Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 6 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 7 ) Voltage Drop Check

Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?

Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 8 ) Wiring Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 156

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 9 ) Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?

Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.

Action: Check continuity to ground at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L2, L3, and M2 (wires G002 black). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?

Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) ECU Power Check

Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?

Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check

Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the following pins: L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 157

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Program ECU. 002023.09- No CAN From SDM 44

The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

NO CAN From SDM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002034.09- No CAN From AVC 44

The auxiliary valve controller (AVC) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 158

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

No CAN From AVC Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002071.09- No CAN From VCU 44

The vehicle control unit (VCU) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 159

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002213.09- No CAN From JSR 44

The right joystick controller (JSR) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

NO CAN From JSR Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 160

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002392.03- Brake Lights 44

Backup light circuit is short to power. IMPORTANT: 315SK, 325SK and 710K ONLY Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Note: 710K Backup light (E22). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Note: 315SK & 325SK Left backup light (E23). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Right backup light (E24). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Rear Frame Harness connector(X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 161

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Disconnect Backup light (E22). Note: 710K Disconnect left backup light (E23). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect right backup light (E24). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector (X13). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Brake light(s) disconnected. VCU connector 3 (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X12). Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 3 (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit (wire L017 BRN) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 162

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002392.05- Backup Lights 44

Backup light circuit is open. IMPORTANT: 315SK, 325SK and 710K ONLY Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Note: 710K Backup light (E22). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Note: 315SK & 325SK Left backup light (E23). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Right backup light (E24). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 163

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Remove backup light(s) and check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace backup light(s). ( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup light (E22). Note: 710K Disconnect left backup light (E23). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect right backup light (E24). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Note: 710K Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin 1 of backup light (E22). Note: 315SK & 325SK Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin 1 of left backup light (E23). Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin 1 of right backup light (E24). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 164

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002392.06- Backup Lights 44

Backup light circuit is short to ground. IMPORTANT: 315SK, 325SK and 710K ONLY Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Note: 710K Backup light (E22). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Note: 315SK & 325SK Left backup light (E23). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Right backup light (E24). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 165

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Remove backup light(s) and check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace backup light(s). ( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup light (E22). Note: 710K Disconnect left backup light (E23). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect right backup light (E24). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Note: 710K Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Note: 315SK & 325SK Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 166

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002612.03- MFWD Solenoid 44

Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire W111 BLU) of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 167

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. VCU connector 3 (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 13 (wire W111 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit (wire W111 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 168

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002612.05- MFWD Solenoid 44

Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

MWFD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 169

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). ( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. MFWD solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire W111 BLU) of MFWD solenoid (Y11) and pin 13 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of MFWD solenoid (Y11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 170

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002612.06- MFWD Solenoid 44

Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)

MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 171

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire W111 BLU) of MFWD solenoid (Y11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 172

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

004312.02- TCL Selector 44

Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) inputs have invalid combination. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

TCL Selector Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check

Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 173

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 174

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

004312.03- TCL Selector 44

Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) inputs shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check

Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 175

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 176

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

004312.05- TCL Selector 44

Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check

Action: Check transmission control lever. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 177

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 178

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

004312.06- TCL Direction Driver 44

Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) inputs shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check

Action: Check transmission control lever. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 179

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin A3 (wire T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 180

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522379.03- Park Brake 44

Park brake release solenoid (Y7) high side driver circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)

Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 181

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 182

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522379.04- Park Brake 44

Park brake release solenoid (Y7) high side driver circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)

Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 183

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. OK: ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 184

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522379.05- Park Brake 44

Park brake release solenoid (Y7) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)

Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 185

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin G4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin B4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 186

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522379.06- Park Brake 44

Park brake release solenoid (Y7) low side driver short to power and high side driver circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)

Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Short to Ground Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 187

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 5 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Component Interchange Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). ( 6 ) Component Interchange Check

Action: Exchange park brake solenoid (Y7) with differential lock solenoid (Y10). Does problem follow solenoid?

Result: YES:Solenoid is internally shorting under load. Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 7 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin B4 (wire R007 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Low side driver circuit (wire R007 BLK) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 188

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 189

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522382.03- Reverse Alarm 44

The vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) measured voltage ≥ 7.4 V for 1 second when driver was commanded OFF. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Backup alarm (H3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup alarm (H3). Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin G3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11). Is voltage ≥ 7.4?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 190

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Backup alarm (H3) disconnected. VCU connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin G3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 191

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522382.06- Reverse Alarm 44

Backup alarm (H3) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Backup alarm (H3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup alarm (H3). Apply approximately 12 V to the positive (+) terminal and machine ground to negative (-) terminal of backup alarm (H3). Did backup alarm (H3) become active?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace backup alarm (H3). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 192

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Backup alarm (H3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between pin H3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Backup alarm (H3) disconnected. VCU connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin G3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 193

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522405.03- PB Pressure Switch 44

Park brake pressure switch (B13) circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)

Park Brake Pressure Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake pressure switch (B13). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake pressure switch (B13). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin A (wire M513 PUR) of park brake pressure switch (B13) for 0.0 V. Is 0.0 V indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 194

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to VCU Connector Check. ( 4 ) VCU Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake pressure switch (B13) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin D1 of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connector (X12). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake pressure switch (B13) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11 and X13) Check for continuity between pin D1 (wire M513 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 195

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523689.04- Diff Lock Switch 44

Differential lock switch (S10) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)

Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock switch (S10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock switch (S10). Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of differential lock switch (S10) in OFF position. Is continuity indicated in OFF position?

Result: YES:Replace differential lock switch (S10). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 196

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock switch (S10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, and X13). Check for continuity between pin 31 (wire W010 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 197

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523689.07- Diff Lock Switch 44

Differential lock switch (S10) has been closed for more than 10 minutes or for 20 seconds after power up. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)

Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock switch (S10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock switch (S10). Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of differential lock switch (S10) in OFF position. Is continuity indicated in OFF position?

Result: YES:Replace differential lock switch (S10). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 198

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock switch (S10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, and X13). Check for continuity between pin 31 (wire W010 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 523702.07- Flexpower 44

The engine control unit (ECU) is not receiving the flex power message from the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 199

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523702.08- Flexpower 44

The vehicle control unit (VCU) has received a message from the engine control unit (ECU) indicating the ECU has not received the torque limit message from the VCU. Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 523702.09- Flexpower 44

The vehicle control unit (VCU) is not receiving the flex power message from the engine control unit (ECU). Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 200

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 523702.10- Flexpower 44

The vehicle control unit (VCU) has received a message from the engine control unit (ECU) at an abnormal rate of change. Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 201

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 523769.07- MFWD Switch 44

MFWD switch conflicting CAN data. Momentary and Maintained switch status. Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 202

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 203

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

524172.03- Clutch Disconnect 44

Clutch disconnect switch stuck or circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.

Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S8). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.

Clutch disconnect switch (S38). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 204

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 6 (wire T008 BLU) of loader control lever connector (X58). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: sss: Is clutch disconnect switch stuck ON? Switched power OFF. Clutch disconnect switch disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of clutch disconnect switch in OFF position. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Replace clutch disconnect switch. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Clutch disconnect switch disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X12). Check for continuity between pin 23 (wire T008 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 205

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

524172.04- Clutch Disconnect 44

Clutch disconnect switch circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.

Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S8). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.

Clutch disconnect switch (S38). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 206

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Check for continuity between: Pin 6 (wire T008 BLU) of loader control lever connector (X58) and machine ground. Pin 7 (wire P035 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Clutch disconnect switch disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X12). Check for continuity between pin 23 (wire T008 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 207

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

524172.07- Clutch Disconnect 44

Clutch disconnect switch circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.

Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S8). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.

Clutch disconnect switch (S38). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 208

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 7 (wire P035 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 4 ) Fuse Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Remove transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Check fuse for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Component Check

Action: sss: Does clutch disconnect switch move freely? Switched power OFF. Disconnect clutch disconnect switch. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of clutch disconnect switch in ON position. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace clutch disconnect switch. ( 6 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 209

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check for continuity between: Pin 6 (wire T008 BLU) of loader control lever connector (X58) and pin 23 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 7 (wire P035 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58) and pin C7 of fuse and relay block (X3). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 524172.09- Clutch Disconnect 44

CAN communication lost between the JSR & TCU. Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 210

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group 40 - Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000168.04 , 000168 is the SPN and 04 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all VCU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. 000168.03- Battery Voltage 328

Battery voltage input is above 15 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation

Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage less than 15 V?

Result: YES:Go to System Voltage Check. NO:Replace battery. ( 2 ) System Voltage Check

Action: Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15 V?

Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Reprogram controller. ( 3 ) Alternator Check

Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?

Result: YES:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 211

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Repair or replace alternator.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 212

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000168.04- Battery Voltage 328

Battery voltage input is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-20.)

Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Clean and tighten battery terminals. See Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals . (Operator′s Manual.) Charge batteries. See Using Battery Charger . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuse and relay block (X3). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 213

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Check for following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Main 250 A Fuse (F1) VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse (F33) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s). ( 5 ) Relay Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). Apply ground to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Did accessory relay (K20) “Click” Check for continuity between pin 3 of accessory relay (K20) and pin 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace accessory relay (K20). ( 6 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power ON. Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Go to Alternator Check. ( 7 ) Alternator Check

Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?

Result: YES:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 214

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Repair or replace alternator. ( 8 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) Disconnect fuse and relay block (X3). Check for continuity between: Pin L1 (wire P017 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin D8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin M1 (wire P033 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin AA8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin 3 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Pin 4 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 000234.02- Software Incorrect 328

The software on the controllers are not compatible. Install the latest payloads. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Switched power ON. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTC). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?

Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Software Version Check

Action: Check software version numbers for VCU and SDM. Do controllers have the same major revision number?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.02- VIN Mismatch 328

Software data erratic, intermittent or incorrect. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 215

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software PIN Check. ( 2 ) Software PIN Check

Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper PIN is stored in software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct PIN number stored?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct PIN number. 000237.13- VIN Mismatch 328

Messages are missing or other controllers in CAN network are not completed in the required time. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Repair or replace circuit. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) Software Version Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 216

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct software. 000237.31- VIN Missing 328

The model number and VIN number is missing in the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO: ( 2 ) Program Controller

Action: Program the vehicle control unit (VCU). Is DTC 000237.31 still active?

Result: YES:Replace vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Checks complete. 000628.12- Memory Error 17

The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 217

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Switched power ON. Check for active EMU codes. Is EMU code 000628.12 present?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. 000629.12- Controller Fault 328

The vehicle control unit (VCU) is faulty. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Controller Fault Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Diagnostic Trouble Code Check

Action: Check diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Are other CAN communication diagnostic trouble codes present?

Result: YES:Correct other diagnostic trouble codes and recheck. NO:Replace vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 218

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000677.03- Start Relay 328

Starter relay (K5) circuit is short to power. (IT4 only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Starter Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Start Relay Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect starter relay (K5). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of starter relay (K5). sss: Does starter relay (K5) “Click”? IMPORTANT: Starter relay (K5) contains a diode between terminal C1 and C2. Check for continuity between terminal C1 (positive) and terminal C2 (negative) of starter relay (K5). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 219

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace starter relay (K5). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Disconnect ECU connector 3 (X5503). Connect negative battery terminal. Starter relay (K5) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503). Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. ECU connector 3 (X5503) disconnected. Disconnect ECU Connector 1 (X5501). Disconnect ECU Connector 2 (X5502). Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 220

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000677.05- Start Relay 328

Start relay (K5) control circuit is open. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Start Relay Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect starter relay (K5). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of starter relay (K5). sss: Does starter relay (K5) “Click”? IMPORTANT: Starter relay (K5) contains a diode between terminal C1 and C2. Check for continuity between terminal C1 (positive) and terminal C2 (negative) of starter relay (K5). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 221

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace starter relay (K5). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect ECU connector 3 (X5503). Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and terminal C2 of starter relay (K5). Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and terminal C1 of starter relay (K5). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program Controller. NO:Circuit with out continuity is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 222

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000677.06- Start Relay 328

Starter relay (K5) circuit is short to ground. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect starter relay (K5). IMPORTANT: Starter relay (K5) contains a diode between terminal C1 and C2. Check for continuity between terminal C1 (positive) and terminal C2 (negative) of starter relay (K5). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 223

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Replace starter relay (K5). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Disconnect ECU connector 3 (X5503). Starter relay (K5) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and machine ground. Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. ECU connector 3 (X5503) disconnected. Disconnect ECU Connector 1 (X5501). Disconnect ECU Connector 2 (X5502). Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller. 001237.31- Engine Shutdown 328

Delayed engine shutdown was not properly completed. During turbocharger cool down period (120 seconds maximum) engine was shut down before the proper amount of cool down time was allowed to pass. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Engine Shutdown Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Code Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 224

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Run machine at slow idle for 5—10 minutes. Turn machine Off. IMPORTANT: If “ENGINE SHUTDOWN” is displayed on monitor, do not abort. Switched power ON. Check for active VCU DTC 001237.31—Engine Shutdown. Is code active?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 225

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001321.16- Starter Relay 328

Starter motor (M1) was engaged for 30 or more seconds. Starter motor needs to be disengaged for 60 seconds to reset engine control unit (ECU) internal timer. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Active Code Check. ( 2 ) Active Code Check

Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU diagnostic trouble code 000677.03—Start Relay. Is code active?

Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active code 000677.03. NO:Go to Connector Check ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter motor (M1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Start Relay Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 226

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect starter motor (M1). Switched power ON. Check wire (E009 WHT) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Is voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Repair or replace starter.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 227

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001638.00- Hyd Temp Sensor 328

Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) measured temperature exceeding 230ºF (110ºC). (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)

Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check

Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test . (Group 9025-25.)

Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Check NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic oil cooler. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Check

Action: Perform Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release test. (Group 9025-25.) Does hydraulic circuit pressure release test OK?

Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Filter Check. NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic circuit. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Oil Filter Check

Action: See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator’s manual.) Warm up hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Check for active code 001638.00—Hyd Temp Sensor. Is code active?

Result: YES:Program controller. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 228

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 229

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001638.04- Hyd Temp Sensor 328

Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) circuit voltage is out of range low. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)

Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). Measure hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Does hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) meet specifications?

Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 230

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). ( 4 ) Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between Pin 31 (wire X010 YEL) of VCU connector (X13) and pin A of hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). Pin L2 (wire R059 BLK ) of VCU connector (X11) and pin A of hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 231

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001638.16- Hyd Temp Sensor 328

Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) is measuring temperature is rising and exceeds 210ºF (99ºC). (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)

Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check

Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test . (Group 9025-25.)

Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Filter Check. NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic oil cooler. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Oil Filter Check

Action: See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator’s manual.) Warm up hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Check for active code 001638.16—Hyd Temp Sensor. Is code active?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 232

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001713.00- Hyd Oil Restriction 328

Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) is closed. (Restricted.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)

Hydraulic Oil Restriction Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Switch Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switch Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) connector. Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) connector. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Short in hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). Replace switch. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 233

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). Check for continuity between pin 1 of hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Replace hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). NO:Go to Circuit Check. ( 5 ) Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 31 (wire N112 YEL) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check

Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test . (Group 9025-25.)

Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Check NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic oil cooler. ( 7 ) Hydraulic Oil Filter Check

Action: See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator’s manual.) Warm up hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Check for active code 001713.00—Hyd Oil Restriction. Is code active?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 234

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001762.03- Hydraulic Pressure 328

Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) circuit is short to power. (Above 4.5 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 235

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Pin 2 (wire P055 RED) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Pin 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14) Seat position sensor (B9). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 13 (wire N030 YEL) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 236

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001762.04- Hydraulic Pressure 328

Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) circuit is open or short to ground. (Below 0.4 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) connector. Switched power ON. Check pin 2 (wire P055 RED) for voltage above 0.4 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 237

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Measure resistance between pins 2 (wire P055 RED) and 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). ( 5 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and pin H2 of VCU connector X11. Pin 2 (wire P055 RED) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and pin J2 of VCU connector X11. Pin 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and pin 13 of VCU connector X12 . Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit with out continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. VCU connectors X11 and X12 disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire P055 RED) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and machine ground. Pin 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 238

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 7 ) Harness Check

Action: Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14) Seat position sensor (B9). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 13 (wire N030 YEL) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 239

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001762.16- Hydraulic Pressure 328

Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) data above maximum values during calibration. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.)

Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Calibrate Machine Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Calibrate Machine Check

Action: Calibrate machine hydraulics. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Does machine pass hydraulic calibration?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO: See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 240

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Section 9001 page 241

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001762.18- Hydraulic Pressure 328

Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) data below minimum values during calibration. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.)

Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Calibrate Machine Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Calibrate Machine Check

Action: Calibrate machine hydraulics. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Does machine pass hydraulic calibration?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO: See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 242

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Section 9001 page 243

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002141.09- No CAN from SSM 328

Loss of controller area network (CAN) communication with sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Fuse Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check fuse (F17) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s) without continuity indicated. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check circuit P017 RED for voltage at pin 1 on SSM connector (X40). Is system voltage (approximately 12 Volts) present at all pins?

Result: YES:Go to Ground Circuit Check. NO:Wire(s) without voltage are open. Repair wire or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Ground Circuit Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 244

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit G001 BLK for ground at pin 2 on SSM connector (X40). Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit G001 BLK is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 5 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Program sealed switch module (SSM). NO:Repair CAN circuit.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 245

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002142.09- No CAN from SSM 328

Loss of controller area network (CAN) communication with sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Fuse Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check fuse (F17) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s) without continuity indicated. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check circuit P017 RED for voltage at pin 1 on SSM connector (X40). Is system voltage (approximately 12 Volts) present at all pins?

Result: YES:Go to Ground Circuit Check. NO:Wire(s) without voltage are open. Repair wire or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Ground Circuit Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 246

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit G001 BLK for ground at pin 2 on SSM connector (X40). Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit G001 BLK is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 5 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Program sealed switch module (SSM). NO:Repair CAN circuit.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 247

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002228.09- No CAN from HVC 328

Loss of controller area network (CAN) communication with hydraulic valve controller (HVC). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

No CAN from HVC Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) HVC Sensor Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect to OFF. Wait 5 seconds and turn battery disconnect to ON. View hydraulic valve controller (HVC) monitored sensor outputs, by accessing the Diagnostics submenu on the standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Are all hydraulic valve controller sensor values displayed on the SDM?

Result: YES:Program hydraulic valve controller (HVC). NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 2 ) Fuse Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect fuses (F14 and F32). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check fuses (F14 and F32) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s) without continuity indicated. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect HVC connector (X16). Ignition ON. Check circuit P014 RED for voltage at pins L1 on HVC connector (X16). Check circuit P032 RED for voltage at pin M1 on HVC connector (X16). Is system voltage (approximately 12 Volts) present at all pins?

Result: YES:Go to Ground Circuit Check. NO:Wire(s) without voltage are open. Repair wire or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 248

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Ground Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect HVC connectors (X16). Check circuit G007 BLK for ground at pins G1, K4, L2, and M2 on HVC connector (X16). Check circuit G007 BLK for ground at pin H4 on HVC connector (X15). Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit G007 BLK is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 5 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Replace the hydraulic valve controller (HVC). NO:Repair CAN circuit.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 249

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002228.12- EH Watchdog 328

The VCU is not receiving the HVC messages. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

EH Watchdog Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 250

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002350.03- Drive Lights 328

Left front turn signal (E12), left rear turn signal (E11), right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front turn signal (E12). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left rear turn signal (E11). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front turn signal (E14). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear turn signal (E13). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front turn signal (E12). Disconnect left rear turn signal (E11). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 251

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front turn signal (E12) or left rear turn signal (E11). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front turn signal (E14). Disconnect right rear turn signal (E13). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right front turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check circuit L047 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E11, E12, E13, and E14) harness connectors. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN or L048 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left front turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 252

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN or L048 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 253

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002350.05- Drive Lights 328

Left front turn signal (E12), left rear turn signal (E11), right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front turn signal (E12). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left rear turn signal (E11). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front turn signal (E14). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear turn signal (E13). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front turn signal (E12). Disconnect left rear turn signal (E11). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 254

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front turn signal (E12) or left rear turn signal (E11). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front turn signal (E14). Disconnect right rear turn signal (E13). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13). ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right front turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Check for continuity from pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground. Check for continuity from pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 255

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002350.06- Drive Lights 328

Left front turn signal (E12), left rear turn signal (E11), right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front turn signal (E12). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left rear turn signal (E11). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front turn signal (E14). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear turn signal (E13). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front turn signal (E12). Disconnect left rear turn signal (E11). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 256

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. NO:Replace left front turn signal (E12) or left rear turn signal (E11). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front turn signal (E14). Disconnect right rear turn signal (E13). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13). ( 5 ) Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right front turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground.Pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 257

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002354.03- Front Work Lights 328

Left front drive light (E7), right front drive light (E8), left brake/tail light (E9), or right brake/tail light (E10) circuit is short power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light (E7). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light (E8). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light (E7). Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 258

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front drive light (E7) or left brake/tail light (E9). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light (E8). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front drive light (E8) or right brake/tail light (E10). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L043 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E7, E8, E9, and E10) harness connectors. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit L043 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 5 (wire L043 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L043 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 259

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 260

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002354.05- Front Work Lights 328

Left front drive light (E7), right front drive light (E8), left brake/tail light (E9), or right brake/tail light (E10) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light (E7). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light (E8). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light (E7). Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 261

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front drive light (E7) or left brake/tail light (E9). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light (E8). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right front drive light (E8) or right brake/tail light (E10). ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left front drive light (E7) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front drive light (E7) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right front drive light (E8) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front drive light (E8) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right brake/tail light (E10) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right brake/tail light (E10) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 262

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left front drive light (E7) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front drive light (E7) and machine ground. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right front drive light (E8) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front drive light (E8) and machine ground. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) and machine ground. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right brake/tail light (E10) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right brake/tail light (E10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 5 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 263

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002354.06- Front Work Lights 328

Left front drive light (E7) or right front drive light (E8) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light (E7). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light (E8). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light (E7). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 264

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left front drive light (E7). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light (E8). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace right front drive light (E8). ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Check for continuity from pin 5 (wire L043 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 265

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002356.03- Front Work Lights 328

Left front work light (E5) or right front work light (E6) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front work light (E5). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 266

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left front work light (E5). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front work light (E6). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front work light (E6). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L042 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E5 and E6) harness connectors. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit L042 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 2 (wire L042 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L042 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 267

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002356.05- Front Work Lights 328

Left front work light (E5) or right front work light (E6) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front work light (E6). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front work light (E5). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 268

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left front work light (E5). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front work light (E6). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right front work light (E6). ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L042BRN) of left front work light (E5) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front work light (E5) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L042 BRN) of right front work light (E6) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front work light (E6) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L042 BRN) of left front work light (E5) and pin 4 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L042 BRN) of right front work light (E6) and pin 4 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front work light (E5) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front work light (E6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 269

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 4 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 270

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002356.06- Front Work Lights 328

Left front work light (E5) or right front work light (E6) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front work light (E6). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front work light (E5). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 271

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left front work light (E5). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front work light (E6). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace front work light (E6). ( 5 ) Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin G2 (wire L042 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 272

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002360.03- Rear Work Lights 328

Left rear work light (E1) or right rear work light (E4) circuit short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E1). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 273

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left rear work light (E1). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E4). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E4). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L040 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E1 and E4) harness connectors. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit L040 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 2 (wire L040 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L040 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 274

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002360.05- Rear Work Lights 328

Left rear work light (E1) or right rear work light (E4) circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E1). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 275

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left rear work light (E1). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E4). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E4). ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of left rear work light (E1) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E1) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of right rear work light (E4) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E4) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Left front work light (E1) disconnected. Right front work light (E4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of left rear work light (E1) and pin 2 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of right rear work light (E4) and pin 2 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E1) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E4) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 276

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 2 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 277

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002360.06- Rear Work Lights 328

Left rear work light (E1) or right rear work light (E4) circuit short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E1). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 278

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left rear work light (E1). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E4). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E4). ( 5 ) Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 2 (wire L040 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 279

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002362.03- Rear Work Lights 328

Left rear work light (if equipped) (E2) or right rear work light (if equipped) (E3) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E2). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E2). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 280

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left rear work light (E2). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E3). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E3). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L041 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E2 and E3) harness connectors. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit L040 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 2 (wire L041 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L041 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 281

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002362.05- Rear Work Lights 328

Left rear work light (if equipped) (E2) or right rear work light (if equipped) (E3) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E2). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E2). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 282

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left rear work light (E2). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E3). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E3). ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of left rear work light (E2) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E2) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of right rear work light (E3) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E3) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Left front work light (E2) disconnected. Right front work light (E3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of left rear work light (E2) and pin 3 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of right rear work light (E3) and pin 3 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E2) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 283

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 3 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 284

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002362.06- Rear Work Lights 328

Left rear work light (if equipped) (E2) or right rear work light (if equipped) (E3) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 285

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 17 and 53 (wires L044 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 286

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002366.03- Rear Work Lights 328

Left docking light (E15) or right docking light (E16) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left docking light (E15). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right docking light (E16). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 287

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L044 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E15 and E16) harness connectors. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit L044 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 17 and 53 (wire L044 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L044 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 288

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002366.05- Side Work Lights 328

Left docking light (E15) or right docking light (E16) circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left docking light (E15). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right docking light (E16). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 289

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Right Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of left docking light (E15) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left docking light (E15) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of right docking light (E16) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right docking light (E16) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Left front docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of left rear work light (E2) and pin 17 and 53 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of right rear work light (E3) and pin 17 and 53 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E2) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 290

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 17 and 53 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 291

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002366.06- Side Work Lights 328

Left docking light (E15) or right docking light (E16) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 292

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 17 and 53 (wires L044 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 293

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002368.03- Left Flasher 328

Left front turn signal (E35) or left rear turn signal (E39) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). (S.N. —232969): Disconnect left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Switched power ON. All driving lights, work lights, and beacon light (if equipped) switched ON. Check circuit L048 BRN for power at pin 30 of VCU connector (X12). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 294

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit L048 BRN is short to power with circuit not on VCU connector 2 (X12). Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E39) (S.N. —232969) or left rear light assembly (E45) (S.N. 235590— ) disconnected. VCU connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) and all other pins of VCU connector 2 (X12). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L048 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 295

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002368.05- Left Flasher 328

Left front turn signal (E35) or left rear turn signal (E39) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector. See Roof Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Visual Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Visual Check

Action: Switched power ON. Activate left turn signal. sss: Is one turn signal (front or rear) flashing?

Result: YES:Malfunction in circuit with light not flashing. Go to Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 296

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Open in shared supply voltage circuit (between pin 30 of VCU connector 2 [X12] and splice L048 BRN [X591] of cab harness [W14]). Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Only disconnect light that is not functioning. Disconnect left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace light. ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Non-functioning light disconnected: Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector Switched power ON. Check for system voltage (approximately 12 V) at: Pin 5 (wire L048 BRN) of left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). or (S.N. —232969): Pin 1 (wire L048 BRN) of left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 6 (wire L048 BRN) of left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Ground Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace supply circuit. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Ground Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Non-functioning light disconnected: Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 297

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire G020 BRN) of left rear drive light/turn signal (X32) and machine ground. or (S.N. —232969): Pin 5 (wire G033 BLK) of left rear turn signal (E39) connector and machine ground. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 4 (wire G031 BLK) of left rear light assembly (E45) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program VCU. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 298

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002368.06- Left Flasher 328

Left front turn signal (E35) or left rear turn signal (E39) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity from pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector 2 (X12) to machine ground. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 299

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace circuit with continuity. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program VCU.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 300

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002370.03- Right Flasher 328

Right rear turn signal (E38) or right front turn signal (E36) is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). (S.N. —232969): Disconnect right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Switched power ON. All driving lights, work lights, and beacon light (if equipped) switched ON. Check circuit L047 BRN for power at pin 18 of VCU connector (X12). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 301

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to power with circuit not on VCU connector 2 (X12). Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E38) (S.N. —232969) or right rear light assembly (E46) (S.N. 235590— ) disconnected. VCU connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) and all other pins of VCU connector 2 (X12). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 302

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002370.05- Right Flasher 328

Right front turn signal (E36) or right rear turn signal (E38) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pint fit and continuity. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Visual Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Visual Check

Action: Switched power ON. Activate right turn signal. sss: Is one turn signal (front or rear) flashing?

Result: YES:Malfunction in circuit with light not flashing. Go to Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 303

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Open in shared supply voltage circuit (between pin 18 of VCU connector 2 [X12] and splice L047 BRN [X592] of cab harness [W14]). Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Only disconnect light that is not functioning. Disconnect right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace light. ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Non-functioning light disconnected: Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector Switched power ON. Check for system voltage (approximately 12 V) at: Pin 5 (wire L047 BRN) of right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). or (S.N. —232969): Pin 2 (wire L047 BRN) of right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 6 (wire L047 BRN) of right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Ground Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace supply circuit. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Ground Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Non-functioning light disconnected: Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 304

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire G020 BRN) of right rear drive light/turn signal (X31) and machine ground. or (S.N. —232969): Pin 5 (wire G033 BLK) of right rear turn signal (E38) connector and machine ground. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 4 (wire G033 BLK) of right rear light assembly (E46) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program VCU. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 305

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002370.06- Right Flasher 328

Right rear turn signal (E38) or right front turn signal (E36) is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity from pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector 2 (X12) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 306

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Repair or replace circuit with continuity. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program VCU.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 307

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002378.03- Marker Light 328

Left front marker light (E33) or right front marker light (E34) circuit is short to power. (315SK, 325SK, and 710K ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Radio Connector (A5). See Radio Harness (W18) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) License Plate Light (E21). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front marker light (E33). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front marker light (E34). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector (X9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Front Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Front Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 308

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Disconnect left front marker light (E33). Disconnect right front marker light (E34). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Rear Component Check. NO:Replace left front marker light (E33) or right front maker light (E34). ( 4 ) Rear Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect license plate light (E21). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9), right brake/tail light (E10), or license plate light (E21). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check circuit L055 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) harness connectors. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect battery power. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 309

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 30 (wire L055 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 310

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002378.05- Marker Light 328

Left front marker light (E33) or right front marker light (E34) circuit is open. (315SK, 325SK, and 710K ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Radio Connector (A5). See Radio Harness (W18) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) License Plate Light (E21). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front marker light (E33). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front marker light (E34). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector (X9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Front Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 311

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Disconnect left front marker light (E33). Disconnect right front marker light (E34). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Rear Component Check. NO:Replace left front marker light (E33) or right front maker light (E34). ( 4 ) Rear Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect license plate light (E21). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9), right brake/tail light (E10), or license plate light (E21). ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E32, and E33) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E32, and E33) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E32) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 312

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Right front marker light (E33) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E32, and E33) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E32) disconnected. Right front marker light (E33) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 8 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 313

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002378.06- Marker Light 328

Left front marker light (E33) or right front marker light (E34) circuit is short to ground. (315SK, 325SK, and 710K ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Radio Connector (A5). See Radio Harness (W18) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) License Plate Light (E21). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front marker light (E33). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front marker light (E34). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector (X9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Front Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 314

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Disconnect left front marker light (E33). Disconnect right front marker light (E44). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Rear Component Check. NO:Replace left front marker light (E33) or right front maker light (E34). ( 4 ) Rear Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect license plate light (E21). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9), right brake/tail light (E10), or license plate light (E21). ( 5 ) Voltage Check

Action: Radio (A9) connector disconnected Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Radio (A9) connector disconnected Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 315

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 5 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 316

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

0002641.03- EH Horn 328

Horn relay (K40) circuit is short to power. (TMC machines ONLY.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Horn relay (K40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect horn relay (K40). Check continuity between terminals 30 and 87 of horn relay (K40). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Replace horn relay (K40). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 317

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Horn relay (K40) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 for system voltage. (Approximately 12 V.) Is voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Horn relay (K40) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14) Check for continuity between pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 318

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

0002641.05- EH Horn 328

Horn relay (K40) circuit is open. (TMC machines ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Horn relay (K40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect horn relay (K40). →NOTE: Horn relay (K40) contains a diode between terminals 85 and 86. Apply system voltage (approximately 12 V) to terminal 86 and ground to terminal 85. sss: Does Horn relay (K40) “click”? Check continuity between terminals 30 and 87 of horn relay (K40). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 319

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace horn relay (K40). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Horn relay (K40) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin B10 (wire A140 GRY) of horn relay (K40) and pin 7 of VCU connector X13. Pin D9 (wire G001 BLK) of horn relay (K40) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 320

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

0002641.06- EH Horn 328

Horn relay (K40) circuit is short to ground. (TMC machines ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Horn relay (K40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect horn relay (K40). Check continuity between terminals 30 and 87 of horn relay (K40). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Replace horn relay (K40). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 321

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Horn relay (K40) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Horn relay (K40) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14) Check for continuity between pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 322

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002875.03- Hazard Wakeup 328

Sealed switch module (SSM) to vehicle control unit (VCU) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Hazard Wakeup Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Sealed switch module (SSM) connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Sealed switch module (SSM) connector (X40). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin 4 (wire L011 BRN) of SSM connector (X40). Pin F2 (wire L011 BRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 323

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13 and X14). Check for continuity between pin F2 (wire L011 BRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 324

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002876.07- Turn Signal Switch 328

Turn signal switch (S30) data is conflicting. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Turn Signal Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Turn signal switch (S30). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect turn signal switch (S30). Turn signal switch (S30) in the OFF position. →NOTE: Turn signal switch (S30) contains two diodes. One diode is located between pins 7 and 8, the other diode is located between pins 7 and 10. Check for continuity between: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 325

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Pin 2 of turn signal switch (S30) and all other pins of turn signal switch (S30). Pin 7 of turn signal switch (S30) and all other pins of turn signal switch (S30). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Replace turn signal switch (S30). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Turn signal switch (S30) disconnected. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L147 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Pin 3 (wire L148 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Pin 8 (wire L048 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Pin 10 (wire L047 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with voltage is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn signal switch (S30) disconnected. VCU connectors (X11 and X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D3 (wire L147 BRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin E2 (wire L148 BRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 326

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003416.03- Right Door Sw 328

Right door switch (S99) circuit is short to power. (TMC ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right exit bar (B100). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right exit bar switch (S100). Move exit lever into the UP position. Check for continuity between pins 2 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Move exit lever into the DOWN position. Check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 327

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Right exit bar switch (S100) malfunction. Replace switch. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right exit bar switch (S100). Switched power ON. Check circuit M199 PUR for voltage at pin 1 on switch (S100) connector. Check circuit M099 PUR for voltage at pin 2 on switch (S100) connector. Is system voltage present on either circuit?

Result: YES:Circuit with system voltage present is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check—Input Circuits. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check—Input Circuits

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) and right exit bar switch (S100). Check for continuity between pin 2 (circuit M099 PUR) on switch (S100) connector and pin 1 (circuit M199 PUR) on switch (S100) connector. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuits M099 PUR and M199 PUR are short to each other. Repair circuits or replace harness. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 328

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003416.04- Right Door Sw 328

Right door switch (S99) circuit is short to ground. (TMC ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right exit bar switch (S100). Move exit lever into the UP position. Check for continuity between pins 2 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Move exit lever into the DOWN position. Check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Right exit bar switch (S100) malfunction. Replace switch. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) and right exit switch (S100). Check circuit M199 PUR for ground at pin 1 on switch (S100) connector. Check circuit M099 PUR for ground at pin 2 on switch (S100) connector. Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit with ground present is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 3 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X13) and right exit bar switch (S100). Check for continuity between pin 22 (circuit M199 PUR) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 329

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X12, and X13). Check for continuity between pin 46 (circuit M099 PUR) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated to another circuit is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 330

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003509.03- Sensor Supply 1 328

Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check

Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.03 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?

Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 331

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Check voltage on VCU side of connector. Disconnect seat position sensor (B9). Switched power ON. Check pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9) connector for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 332

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003509.04- Sensor Supply 1 328

Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check

Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.04 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?

Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 333

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Ignition ON. Check for ground at pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) on seat position sensor (B9) connector. Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit P055 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 334

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003510.03- Sensor Supply 2 328

Sensor supply voltage 2 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever (X58). Switched power ON. Check pin 9 (wire P053 RED) of loader control lever (X58) connector for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Go to Harness Check to determine which circuits are shorted. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 335

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Loader control lever (X58) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 336

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003510.04- Sensor Supply 2 328

Sensor supply voltage 2 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Ignition ON. Check for ground at pin 9 (wire P055 RED) on loader control lever (X58) connector. Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit P055 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 337

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Loader control lever (X58) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 338

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003511.03- Sensor Supply 3 328

Sensor supply voltage 3 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check. ( 2 ) Code Check

Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520654.03 - Brake Charge Press. Are VCU codes active?

Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake pressure sensor harness connector (X35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 339

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Remove cap of brake pressure sensor harness connector (X35). Switched power ON. Check pin 1 (wire P059 RED) of brake pressure sensor harness connector (X35) for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Go to Harness Check to determine which circuits are shorted. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin K1 (wire P059 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 340

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003511.04- Sensor Supply 3 328

Sensor supply voltage 3 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check

Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520654.04 - Brake Charge Press. Are VCU codes active?

Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake Pressure Sensor Harness Connector (X35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 341

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for ground at pin K1 (wire P059 RED) on vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit P059 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin K1 (wire P059 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 342

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003997.03- Accessory Relay 328

Accessory relay (K20) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Does accessory relay (K20) “Click”? Check for continuity between terminal 2 and terminal 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 343

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Accessory relay (K20) malfunction. Replace relay. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect VCU connectors ( X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 344

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003997.05- Accessory Relay 328

Accessory relay (K20) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Does accessory relay (K20) “Click”? Check for continuity between terminal 2 and terminal 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 345

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Accessory relay (K20) malfunction. Replace relay. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program Controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 346

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003997.06- Accessory Relay 328

Accessory relay (K20) is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). sss: Does accessory relay (K20) “Click”? Check for continuity between terminal 2 and terminal 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Accessory relay (K20) malfunction. Replace relay. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 347

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect VCU connectors ( X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 348

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520416.03- Valve Power 328

Vehicle control unit (VCU) supply voltage from VCU connector 4 (X14) is above 15.5 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check

Action: Check for active VCU DTC 000168.03—Battery Voltage. Is VCU DTC 000168.03—Battery Voltage active?

Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active VCU DTC code 000168.03—Battery Voltage. See 000168.03—Battery Voltage . (Group 9001-40.) NO:Go to Battery Voltage Check. ( 2 ) Battery Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage less than 15 V?

Result: YES:Go to System Voltage Check. NO:Replace battery. ( 3 ) System Voltage Check

Action: Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15 V?

Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Reprogram controller. ( 4 ) Alternator Check

Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 349

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace alternator.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 350

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520416.04- Valve Power 328

Vehicle control unit (VCU) supply voltage from VCU connector 4 (x14) is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check

Action: Check for active VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage. Is VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage active?

Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active VCU DTC code 000168.04—Battery Voltage. See 000168.04—Battery Voltage . (Group 9001-40.) NO:Go to Battery Voltage Check. ( 2 ) Battery Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage less than 15 V?

Result: YES:Go to System Voltage Check. NO:Replace battery. ( 3 ) System Voltage Check

Action: Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15 V?

Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Reprogram controller. ( 4 ) Alternator Check

Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 351

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace alternator.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 352

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520416.05- Valve Power 328

Vehicle control unit (VCU) supply circuit on VCU connector 4 (X14) is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Main 250 A fuse (F1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Fuse Check

Action: Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Remove main 250 A fuse (F1). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity through fuse. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace main 250 A fuse (F1). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 353

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Negative terminal disconnected. Main 250 A fuse (F1) removed. Disconnect VCU connector (X14). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire P001 RED) of VCU connector (X14) and main fuse terminal. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 354

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520546.03- Pilot Enable Switch 328

Pilot enable switch (S52) is stuck or circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable switch (S52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot enable switch harness connector (X53). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable switch (S52). →NOTE: Does pilot enable switch (S52) move freely between Enable and Disable?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 355

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Pilot enable switch (S52) in “Disable” position. Check for continuity between: Pin 2 and 3. Pin 2 and 6. Pin 5 and 3. Pin 5 and 6. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Replace pilot enable switch (S52). NO:Got to Voltage Check. ( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 5 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 34 (wire H252_H019 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 47 (wire H152_H103 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 356

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520546.07- Pilot Enable Switch 328

Pilot enable switch (S52) inputs are conflicted. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable switch (S52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot enable switch harness connector (X53). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable switch (S52). →NOTE: Does pilot enable switch (S52) move freely between Enable and Disable?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 357

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Pilot enable switch (S52) in “Disable” position. Check for continuity between: Pin 2 and 3. Pin 2 and 6. Pin 5 and 3. Pin 5 and 6. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Replace pilot enable switch (S52). NO:Got to Voltage Check. ( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check the following for system voltage: (Approximately 12 V.) Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 5 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Power. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check—Power

Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 3 (wire H019 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 5 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 6 (wire H013 GRN) of switch (S52). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Ground. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Short Circuit Check—Ground

Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 358

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 3 (wire H019 GRN) of switch (S52) and machine ground. Pin 6 (wire H013 GRN) of switch (S52) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check NO:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Fuse Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Remove transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Check fuse (F35) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 8 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check continuity between: Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) and pin 5 of switch (S52). Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52) and pin D7 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin 3 (wire H019 GRN) of switch (S52) and pin 34 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 6 (wire H013 GRN) of switch (S52) and pin 47 of VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 9 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 34 (wire H252_H019 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 47 (wire H152_H103 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 359

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 360

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520688.03- Pilot Enable Driver 328

Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Measure resistance of solenoid (Y52). Item

Measurement

Specification

Pilot enable solenoid (Y52)

Resistance

7.25 ohms at 68° F (20° C)

Is resistance with in specification?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 361

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pilot enable solenoid (Y52). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at: Pin 1 (wire H019 GRN) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Pin 2 (wire G031 BLK) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 28 (wire H019 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 362

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520688.05- Pilot Enable Driver 328

Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Measure resistance of solenoid (Y52). Item

Measurement

Specification

Pilot enable solenoid (Y52)

Resistance

7.25 ohms at 68° F (20° C)

Is resistance with in specification?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 363

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pilot enable solenoid (Y52). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire H019 GRN) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52) and pin 28 of VCU connector X13. Pin 2 (wire G031 BLK) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 364

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520688.06- Pilot Enable Driver 328

Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Measure resistance of solenoid (Y52). Item

Measurement

Specification

Pilot enable solenoid (Y52)

Resistance

7.25 ohms at 68° F (20° C)

Is resistance with in specification?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 365

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pilot enable solenoid (Y52). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire H019 GRN) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 28 (wire H019 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 366

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520696.03- Pattern Select Driver 328

Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) or pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). Disconnect pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). Measure resistance of solenoids between pins A and B.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 367

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE: Pattern select solenoids contain a diode.

Item

Measurement

Specification

Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58)

Resistance

8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)

Item

Measurement

Specification

Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59)

Resistance

8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)

Is resistance with in specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pattern select solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at: Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y58). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y58). Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y59). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y59). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 6 (wire H058 GRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 368

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Section 9001 page 369

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520696.05- Pattern Select Driver 328

Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) or pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). Disconnect pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). Measure resistance of solenoids between pins A and B.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 370

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE: Pattern select solenoids contain a diode.

Item

Measurement

Specification

Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58)

Resistance

8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)

Item

Measurement

Specification

Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59)

Resistance

8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)

Is resistance with in specification?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pattern select solenoid. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y58) and pin 6 of VCU connector (X12). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y58) and machine ground. Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y59) and pin 6 of VCU connector (X12). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y59) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 371

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520696.06- Pattern Select Driver 328

Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) or pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). Disconnect pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). Measure resistance of solenoids between pins A and B.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 372

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE: Pattern select solenoids contain a diode.

Item

Measurement

Specification

Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58)

Resistance

8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)

Item

Measurement

Specification

Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59)

Resistance

8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)

Is resistance with in specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pattern select solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check for continuity between pin 6 (wire H058 GRN) on VCU connector (X12) machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 6 (wire H058 GRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 373

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520697.03- Loader Coupler Press 328

Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Measure resistance between terminals A and B on loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 374

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check pin A (wire H008 GRN) of pressure solenoid (Y30) connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 375

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520697.05- Loader Coupler Press 328

Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Measure resistance between terminals A and B on loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 376

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. 60 Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and pin A of loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 377

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520697.06- Loader Coupler Press 328

Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Measure resistance between terminals A and B on loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 378

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 379

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520708.03- HVC Valve Power 328

Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) input is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.)(TMC ONLY) Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Chassis harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X74). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). Switched power ON. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 380

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 381

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520708.06- HVC Valve Power 328

Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) input is short to ground. (TMC ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Chassis harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X74). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 382

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check for continuity to machine ground on the following:. Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 383

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520713.03- Seat Position 328

Seat position sensor (B9) circuit is short to power. (Above 4.50 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Seat position sensor (B9). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 384

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 5 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Connect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications:

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 385

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 1—Loader position. (front)

Voltage

4.5

Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)

Voltage

0.5

Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire R055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 2—Loader position. (front)

Voltage

0.5

Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)

Voltage

4.5

Does sensor circuits meet specifications?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 386

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520713.04- Seat Position 328

Seat position sensor (B9) circuit is short to ground. (Below 0.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect seat position sensor (B9). Switched power ON. Check the following for voltage above 0.4 V: Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9). Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9). Is correct voltage indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 387

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 4 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 388

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 7 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Connect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 1—Loader position. (front)

Voltage

4.5

Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)

Voltage

0.5

Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 2—Loader position. (front)

Voltage

0.5

Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)

Voltage

4.5

Does sensor circuits meet specifications? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 389

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 390

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520713.07- Seat Position 328

Seat position sensor (B9) is reading an angle that is out of range for the seat position. (Sensor measured 0º-25º or 220º-240º) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Connect all connectors. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 391

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 1—Loader position. (front)

Voltage

4.5

Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)

Voltage

0.5

Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 2—Loader position. (front)

Voltage

0.5

Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)

Voltage

4.5

Does sensor circuits meet specifications?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 392

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520713.12- Seat Position 328

Seat position sensor (B9) inputs are out of range. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Power. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check—Power

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Seat position sensor (B9). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 393

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Ground. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—Ground

Action: Switched power OFF. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 6 ) Component Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 394

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Connect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 1—Loader position. (front)

Voltage

4.5

Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)

Voltage

0.5

Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 2—Loader position. (front)

Voltage

0.5

Item

Measurement

Specification

Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)

Voltage

4.5

Does sensor circuits meet specifications?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9). 520713.13- Seat Position 328

Seat position sensor (B9) calibration is invalid. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 395

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check

Action: Check active VCU codes listed below. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) 520713.03—Seat Position 520713.04—Seat Position 520713.07—Seat Position 520713.12—Seat Position Are VCU seat position codes active?

Result: YES:Clear active VCU seat position codes. NO:Go to Calibration Check. ( 2 ) Calibration Check

Action: Calibrate seat position. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) Was seat position successful?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 396

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520714.06- Bucket Level LEDs 328

Bucket position indicator (E75) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Bucket Level Indicator Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Bucket position indicator (E75). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect bucket level indicator (E75). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace bucket level indicator (E75). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 397

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Bucket level indicator (E75) disconnected. Check for continuity from pin L3 (wire M150 PUR) of VCU connector (X11) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 398

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522426.03- Rear Wiper Park 328

Rear wiper motor (M14) circuit is short to power or open. (Rear wiper park switch is showing park position for more than 10 seconds while wiper is on.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on rear wiper motor (M14). Does motor activate?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 399

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit A014 GRY for ground at pin 3 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 20 (circuit A014 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 400

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522426.04- Rear Wiper Park 328

Rear wiper motor (M14) circuit is short to ground. (Rear wiper park switch is not showing park position for more than 10 seconds while wiper is on.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on rear wiper motor (M14). Does motor activate?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 401

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check circuit A014 GRY for ground at pin 3 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 20 (circuit A014 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Wire A014 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 402

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522427.03- Front Wiper Park 328

Front wiper motor (M13) circuit is short to power or open. (Front wiper park switch is showing the park position for more than 1 second while wiper motor is active.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on front wiper motor (M13). Does motor activate?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M13). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 403

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit A713 GRY for ground at pin 3 on front wiper motor (M13) connector. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 21 (circuit A713 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit A713 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 404

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522427.04- Front Wiper Park 328

Front wiper motor (M13) circuit is short to ground. (Front wiper park switch is not showing the park position for more than 10 seconds.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on front wiper motor (M13). Does motor activate?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace front wiper motor (M13). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 405

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check circuit A713 GRY for ground at pin 3 on front wiper motor (M13) connector. Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit A713 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 21 (circuit A713 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Wire A014 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 406

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522433.03- Rear Wiper 328

Rear wiper motor (M14) low speed circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Ignition ON. Verify rear wipers are off. Check circuit A414 GRY for voltage between pin 4 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector and machine ground. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) present?

Result: YES:Circuit A414 GRY is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 407

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect battery power. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 4 (circuit A414 GRY) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit A414 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 408

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522433.05- Rear Wiper 328

Rear wiper motor (M14) low speed circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pins 1 and 2 of rear wiper motor (M14). Ground pin 3 of rear wiper motor (M14). Does rear wiper motor (M14) function?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Voltage Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 409

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Rear wiper motor (M14) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 1 (wire A414 GRY) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Rear wiper motor (M14) disconnected. Window wipers 10 A fuse (F18) removed. Disconnect fuse box 1 connector (X25). Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H1 (wire A15 ORG) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 2 of rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Pin C8 (wire P18 RED) of fuse box 1 connector (X25) and pin 1 of rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Pin 3 (wire G09 BLK) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Open in circuit. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Fuse box 1 connector (X25) connected Right door wiper motor (M7) disconnected. Window wipers 10 A fuse (F18) removed. Vehicle control unit (VCU) 48-pin connector (J2) (X21) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P18 RED) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector for 0.0 V. Pin 2 (wire A15 ORG) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector for 0.0 V. Pin 3 (wire G09 BLK) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 410

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522433.06- Rear Wiper 328

Rear wiper motor (M14) low speed circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pins 1 and 2 of rear wiper motor (M14). Ground pin 3 of rear wiper motor (M14). Does rear wiper motor (M14) function?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 411

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Switched power ON. Verify rear wipers are OFF. Check circuit A414 GRY for voltage between pin 4 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector and machine ground. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) present?

Result: YES:Circuit A414 GRY is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect battery power. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 5 (circuit A414 GRY) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit A12 ORG is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 412

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522434.03- Front Wiper Low 328

Front wiper motor (M13) low speed circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 4 (A413 GRY) of motor (M13). Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 5 (A213 GRY) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 413

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Diode Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Remove front wiper diode (V13). Check continuity by connecting positive (+) lead to pin A and negative (-) lead to pin B of diode. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Diode malfunction. Replace front wiper diode (V13). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 414

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522434.05- Front Wiper Low 328

Front wiper motor (M13) low speed circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Apply 12 volts to pin 4 (A413 GRY) and ground pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front wiper motor (M13) . Does motor operate?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 415

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Diode Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Remove front wiper diode (V13). Check continuity by connecting positive (+) lead to pin A and negative (-) lead to pin B of diode. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Diode malfunction. Replace front wiper diode (V13). ( 5 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and pin B of front wiper diode (V13). Pin 4 (wire A413 GRY) of front wiper motor (M13) and pin A of front wiper diode (V13). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of front wiper motor (M13) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of front wiper motor (M13) and pin 21 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front wiper motor (M13) and machine ground. Pin 6 (wire G032 BLK) of front wiper motor (M13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 416

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522434.06- Front Wiper Low 328

Front wiper motor (M13) low speed circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 417

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. VCU connectors (X12 and X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 418

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522435.03- Front Wiper Hi 328

Front wiper motor (M13) high speed circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Wiper Hi Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 4 (A413 GRY) of motor (M13). Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 5 (A213 GRY) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 419

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Diode Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Remove front wiper diode (V13). Check continuity by connecting positive (+) lead to pin A and negative (-) lead to pin B of diode. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Diode malfunction. Replace front wiper diode (V13). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 420

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522435.05- Front Wiper Hi 328

Front wiper motor (M13) high speed circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Apply 12 volts to pin 4 on front wiper motor (M13). Does motor operate?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Front wiper motor is faulty. Replace motor. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location Check circuit A213 GRY for continuity between pin 4 on front wiper motor (M13) harness connector and pin 5 on VCU connector (X12). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Circuit A213 GRY open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 421

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522435.06- Front Wiper Hi 328

Front wiper motor (M13) high speed circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 422

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. VCU connectors (X12 and X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 423

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522438.03- Loader Coupler 328

Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 424

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check circuit H007 GRN for voltage at pin 1 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) connector. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 51 (circuit H007 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 425

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522438.05- Loader Coupler 328

Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 426

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit H007 GRN for continuity between pin 1 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) connector and pin 51 on VCU connector X13. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Circuit H007 GRN is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 427

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522438.06- Loader Coupler 328

Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 428

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y24) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Check circuit H007 GRN for ground at pin 1 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) connector. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 51 (circuit H007 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 429

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522797.03- Front Washer Pump 328

Front washer motor (M15) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front washer motor (M15). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front washer motor (M15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 430

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace front washer motor (M15). ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect front washer pump (M15). Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 19 (circuit A515 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 431

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522797.05- Front Washer Pump 328

Front washer motor (M15) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front washer motor (M15). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front washer motor (M15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Power. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 432

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace front washer motor (M15). ( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Front washer motor (M15) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 1 of front washer motor (M15) connector. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Continuity Check

Action: Battery disconnect switch OFF. Front washer motor (M15) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between:

Pin 19 (wire A515 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and pin 1 of front washer motor (M15) connector. Pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front washer motor (M15) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Open in circuit. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Front washer motor (M15) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire A515 GRY) of front washer motor (M15) connector 0.0 V. Pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front washer motor (M15) connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 433

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522797.06- Front Washer Pump 328

Front washer motor (M15) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front and rear washer motor (M15). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front and rear washer motor (M15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 434

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace front and rear washer motor (M15). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Front and rear washer motor (M15) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 19 of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 435

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523597.03- Beacon Light Driver 328

Beacon light (E17) circuit is short to power Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Beacon light (E17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Apply 12 volts to pin 1 and ground to pin 2 on beacon light (H17). Does beacon light come on?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 436

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace beacon light. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit L045 BRN for power at pin 1 of beacon light (H17) harness connector. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire L045 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 437

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523597.05- Beacon Light Driver 328

Beacon light (E17) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Beacon light (E17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rotating beacon (H17). Apply 12 volts to pin 1 and ground to pin 2 on beacon light (H17). Does rotating beacon come on?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 438

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace beacon light. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon (H17). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L045 BRN for continuity between pin 1 on VCU connector (X13) and pin 2 on rotating beacon (H17). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire L045 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L06 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 439

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523597.06- Beacon Light Driver 328

Beacon light (E17) is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Beacon light (E17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Apply 12 volts to pin 1 and ground to pin 2 on beacon light (H17). Does rotating beacon come on?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 440

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Replace beacon light. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Check circuit L045 BRN for ground at pin 1 of rotating beacon (H17) harness connector. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire L045 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit L06 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 441

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523911.03- Pump Control 328

Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 442

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 443

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523911.04- Pump Control 328

Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 444

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 445

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523911.05- Pump Control 328

Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 2 of solenoid (Y56). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of solenoid (Y56). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 446

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 447

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523911.06- Pump Control 328

Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) high-side driver circuit is shorted to ground or low-side driver circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Hydraulic Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). Measure resistance between pins 1 and 2 of solenoid (Y56). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 448

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 449

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523911.13- Pump Control 328

Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) out of calibration. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check

Action: Check active VCU codes listed below. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) 523911.03—Pump Control 523911.04—Pump Control 523911.05—Pump Control 523911.06—Pump Control 523911.07—Pump Control 523911.14—Pump Control Are VCU pump control codes active?

Result: YES:Clear active VCU pump control codes. NO:Go to Calibration Check. ( 2 ) Calibration Check

Action: Calibrate machine. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Was machine calibration successful?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 450

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523911.14- Pump Control 328

Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) out of calibration. (Relief setting incorrect during calibration. Check that load sense relief is correct and repeat calibration.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check

Action: Check active VCU codes listed below. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) 523911.03—Pump Control 523911.04—Pump Control 523911.05—Pump Control 523911.06—Pump Control 523911.07—Pump Control 523911.13—Pump Control Are VCU pump control codes active?

Result: YES:Clear active VCU pump control codes. NO:Go to Calibration Check. ( 2 ) Calibration Check

Action: Calibrate machine. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) Was machine calibration successful?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 451

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523948.03- Ride Control 328

Ride control solenoid 1 (Y50) or ride control solenoid 2 (Y51) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Ride control solenoid (Y50 or Y51) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check for power on circuit H050 GRN at pin 1 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51) harness connectors. Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit H050 GRN is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 452

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 42 (circuit H050 GRN) of VCU connector (X21) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit that indicated continuity to another pin is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 453

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523948.05- Ride Control 328

Ride control solenoid 1 (Y50) or ride control solenoid 2 (Y51) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Ride control solenoid (Y50 or Y51) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit H050 GRN for continuity between pin 1 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51) harness connectors and pin 42 on VCU connector (X13). Is voltage present?

Result: YES:Circuit H050 GRN is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 454

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Section 9001 page 455

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523948.06- Ride Control 328

Ride control solenoid 1 (Y50) or ride control solenoid 2 (Y51) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Check Service Code Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Ride control solenoid (Y50 or Y51) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Check for ground on circuit H050 GRN at pin 1 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51) harness connectors. Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit H050 GRN is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 456

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 42 (circuit H050 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit that indicated continuity to another pin is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 457

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group 50 - Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Auxiliary Valve Controller (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000234.02 , 000234 is the SPN and 02 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all AVC diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 458

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000168.03- Battery Voltage 286

Battery voltage input is above 15 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to System Voltage Check. ( 2 ) System Voltage Check

Action: Start engine. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15.5 V?

Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Program controller. ( 3 ) Alternator Check

Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace alternator.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 459

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000168.04- Battery Voltage 286

Battery voltage input is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?

Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Clean and tighten battery terminals. See Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals . (Operator′s Manual.) Charge batteries. See Using Battery Charger . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuse and relay block (X3). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 460

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check for following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Main 250 A Fuse (F1) VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse (F33) Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s). ( 5 ) Relay Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). Apply ground to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Did accessory relay (K20) “Click” Check for continuity between pin 3 of accessory relay (K20) and pin 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace accessory relay (K20). ( 6 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power ON. Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Go to Alternator Check. ( 7 ) Alternator Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 461

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace alternator. ( 8 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) Disconnect fuse and relay block (X3). Check for continuity between: Pin L1 (wire P017 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin D8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin M1 (wire P033 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin AA8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin 3 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Pin 4 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 462

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000234.02- Software Incorrect 286

The HVC (if TMC tractor), VCU, and SDM have a software checking routine that runs at power up. This routine ensures that the appropriate version of software is installed on each controller for compatibility. If this fault occurs, it means the controller that has triggered this fault sees one of the other controllers as being incompatible. The technician should record the software version numbers for the VCU, SDM, and HVC and make sure they are the same MAJOR revision number. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Switched power ON. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?

Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Software Version Check

Action: Check software version numbers for HVC, SDM, and VCU. Do controllers have the same major revision number?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.02- VIN Mismatch 286

VIN security mismatch. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 463

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software PIN Check. ( 2 ) Software PIN Check

Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper PIN is stored in software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct PIN number stored?

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct PIN number. 000237.13- VIN Mismatch 286

VIN security option bytes are not configured (equal to 0). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software Version Check. ( 2 ) Software Version Check

Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 464

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct software.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 465

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000237.31- VIN Missing 286

Messages are missing or other controllers in CAN network are not completed in the required time. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Check. NO:Repair or replace circuit. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN resistor test. Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Repair or replace failed resistor(s). ( 4 ) Software Version Check

Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 466

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct software. 000629.12- Controller Fault 286

The controller has experienced a JDOS Watchdog Timeout. This points to a software error and will automatically reset the controller. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Cycle switched power. If code still exists, reprogram VCU.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 467

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002664.03- Ldr Aux Roller 286

One of loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) circuits is shorted to power. (Above 4.75 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 468

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11 and X12) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 469

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002664.04- Ldr Aux Roller 286

One of loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) circuit is shorted to ground. (Below 0.25 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Switched power ON. Check pin 9 (wire P053 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58) for voltage above 0.25 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 470

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11 and X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors X13 and X14. Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 471

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002664.07- Ldr Aux Roller 286

Opposing channels on the loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) do not agree. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 10 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 9 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 12 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 11 of loader control lever connector (X58). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 472

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors X11 and X12 disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13) and (X14). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Replace loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Reprogram controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 473

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002664.12- Ldr Aux Roller 286

Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) is faulted and invalid. Machine Response: Loader Auxiliary Function is Disabled. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Continuity Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 10 of loader control lever connector (X58). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 474

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 9 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 12 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 11 of loader control lever connector (X58). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11) and X12) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors X13 and X14. Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Replace loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Reprogram controller. 002724.07- Left Joystick 286

The left joystick rocker switch (S95) data is logically not valid. Switch inputs do not match. Alarm Level: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 475

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Left Joystick Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Repair or replace left joystick rocker switch (S95).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 476

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003509.03- Sensor Supply 1 286

Sensor power supply 1 voltage is above 5.25 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check

Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.03 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?

Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 477

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Check voltage on VCU side of connector. Disconnect seat position sensor (B9). Switched power ON. Check pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9) connector for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 478

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003509.04- Sensor Supply 1 286

Sensor power supply 1 voltage is below 4.75 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check

Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.04 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?

Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 479

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Voltage Check

Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Ignition ON. Check for ground at pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) on seat position sensor (B9) connector. Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit P055 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 480

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520542.03- CAN Bus 286

CAN high line test voltage above threshold. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Reprogram controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 481

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520543.04- CAN Bus 286

CAN low line test voltage is below threshold. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?

Result: YES:Reprogram controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 482

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523404.00- Loader Aux Press 286

Loader auxiliary calibration did not see a pressure drop when command was reduced. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to next check. ( 2 ) Loader Auxiliary Operation Check

Action: View hydraulic system pressure in monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Activate loader auxiliary, hold function over relief in the direction that calibration did not pass, then release. Does hydraulic system pressure ramp up then go back down to hydraulic tank return pressure when loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) is returned to neutral position?

Result: YES:Loader auxiliary calibration software error. Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Go to next check. ( 3 ) Solenoid Check

Action: →NOTE: Rolling loader auxiliary flow switch (B44) forward activates loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Rolling auxiliary flow switch backward activates loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Check malfunctioned solenoid resistance. For location of solenoids, see Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Does solenoid (Y20 or Y21) meet resistance specifications? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace solenoid valve. ( 4 ) Stuck Solenoid Check

Action: Apply power (12V) and ground to appropriate loader auxiliary solenoid (Y20 or Y21). Is there an audible click when applying and removing power, indicating the valve is shifting?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 483

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Solenoid valve is sticking. Replace solenoid valve. ( 5 ) Stuck Loader Auxiliary Spool Check

Action: Check loader auxiliary spool operation. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is spool binding or stuck?

Result: YES:Repair spool. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 484

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523404.01- Loader Aux Press 286

Loader auxiliary calibration does not see a stall during the current ramp. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to next check. ( 2 ) Loader Auxiliary Operation Check

Action: View hydraulic system pressure in monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Activate loader auxiliary, hold function over relief in the direction that calibration did not pass, then release. Does hydraulic system pressure reach loader auxiliary circuit relief pressure, then return to hydraulic tank return pressure when loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) is released to neutral position? See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump for pressure specification. (Group 9025-25.)

Result: YES:Loader auxiliary calibration software error. Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Go to next check. ( 3 ) Solenoid Check

Action: →NOTE: Rolling loader auxiliary flow switch (B44) forward activates loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Rolling auxiliary flow switch backward activates loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Check malfunctioned solenoid resistance. For location of solenoids, see Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Does solenoid (Y20 or Y21) meet resistance specifications? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace solenoid valve. ( 4 ) Stuck Solenoid Check

Action: Apply power (12V) and ground to appropriate loader auxiliary solenoid (Y20 or Y21). Is there an audible click when applying and removing power, indicating the valve is shifting? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 485

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Solenoid valve is sticking. Replace solenoid valve. ( 5 ) Loader Auxiliary Circuit Relief Check

Action: Check loader auxiliary circuit relief valve. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Did the loader auxiliary circuit relief valve test good?

Result: YES: Go to Stuck Loader Auxiliary Spool Check . NO:Go to next check. ( 6 ) Supply Circuit Check Valve Check

Action: →NOTE: This check only applies to machines equipped with manual backhoe controls. LEGEND: 1 Supply Circuit Check Valve

Backhoe Control Valve Check supply circuit check valve. Does the valve move and operate properly?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace check valve. ( 7 ) Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Filter Screen Check

Action: LEGEND: 1

Screen

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Check screen (1) on loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) and loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 486

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Are screens clean and free of debris?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Clean screen or replace solenoid. ( 8 ) Stuck Loader Auxiliary Spool Check

Action: Check loader auxiliary spool operation. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is spool binding or stuck?

Result: YES:Repair spool. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 487

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523571.04- Valve Power 2 286

Power input voltage 2 for vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Valve Power 2 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check

Action: Check for active VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage. Is VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage active?

Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage. See 000168.04—Battery Voltage . (Group 9001-40.) NO:Go to Intermittent Check. OK: ( 2 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?

Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 4 ) Fuse Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 488

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Main 250 A fuse (F1). VCU switched power 5 A fuse (F33). Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace fuses. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) and vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11) disconnected. Check continuity between: Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU (X11) and pin 9 of X58. Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU (X11) and pin 10 of X58. Pin 3 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU (X12) and machine ground. Pin 4 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU (X12) and machine ground. Pin J1 (wire G030 BLK) of VCU (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 489

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523769.03- MFWD Switch 286

Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch (S36) stuck closed at start-up for more than 20 seconds. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch (S36). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. sss: Is mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch (S36) stuck ON? Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Check for continuity between pin 5 (DK BLU wire) and pin 7 (DK GRN wire) of loader control lever connector (X58). Do not press MFWD switch (S36). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 490

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Repair or replace MFWD switch (S36). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for 0.0 V at pin 38 (wire T011 BLU) of VCU connector (X13). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 38 (wire T011 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and pins of all VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 491

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523769.04- MFWD Switch 286

Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) momentary switch (S37) stuck closed at start-up for more than 20 seconds. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) momentary switch (S37). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. sss: Is mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) momentary switch (S37) stuck ON? Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Check for continuity between pin 4 (GRY wire) and pin 8 (LT GRN wire) of loader control lever connector (X58). Do not press MFWD momentary switch (S37). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 492

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Repair or replace MFWD momentary switch (S37). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between pin 43 (wire T111 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 43 (wire T111 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and remaining pins of all VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is shorted. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 493

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523938.03- Loader Aux Sol A 286

Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) high side driver circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 494

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 495

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523938.04- Loader Aux Sol A 286

Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) low side driver circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 496

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) disconnected Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 497

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523938.05- Loader Aux Sol A 286

Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 2 of loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 498

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 499

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523938.06- Loader Aux Sol A 286

Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) low side driver circuit shorted to power or high side driver circuit shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 500

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver. NO:Low side driver circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver

Action: Switched power OFF. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connectors (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 501

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523939.03- Loader Aux Sol B 286

Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) high side driver circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 502

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 503

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523939.04- Loader Aux Sol B 286

Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) low side driver circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 504

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 505

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523939.05- Loader Aux Sol B 286

Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 2 of loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 506

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 507

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523939.06- Loader Aux Sol B 286

Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) low side driver circuit shorted to power or high side driver circuit shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 508

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver. NO:Low side driver circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver

Action: Switched power OFF. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 509

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

524010.03- Selective Flow 17

Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20. See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Measure resistance between pins A and B of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace selective flow control solenoid (Y53). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 510

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 511

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

524010.04- Selective Flow 286

Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) low side driver is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 512

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 513

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

524010.05- Selective Flow 286

Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is open circuit. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin B of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin A of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Is continuity indicated?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 514

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit with out continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 515

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

524010.06- Selective Flow 17

Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is shorted to ground on high side drive or shorted to power on low side drive. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location .(Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location .(Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location .(Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Measure resistance between pins A and B of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver. NO:Replace selective flow control solenoid (Y53). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 516

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver. NO:Low side driver circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver

Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?

Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. 524204.03- Loader Aux Switch 286

Loader auxiliary control enable switch (S51) circuit is short to power. (Low level only) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 517

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) 524204.05- Loader Aux Switch 286

Loader auxiliary control enable switch (S51) circuit is open. (Low level only) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 518

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group 60 - Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000629.12 , 629 is the SPN and 12 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all SSM diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. 000629.12- Controller Fault 194

Sealed switch module (SSM) has timed out.

Watchdog Timeout Diagnostic Procedure Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator ( 1 ) Reset Controller

Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 000629.12 present?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 519

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002634.04- Ignition Relay 194

Ignition relay (K10) circuit is shorted to ground or overloaded. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Ignition Relay Out Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20). NO:Go to Ignition Relay Check. ( 2 ) Ignition Relay Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Remove ignition relay (K10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance across the coil (pins 1 and 2) of relay (K10). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?

Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace ignition relay (K10). ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect the SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit U110 RED for ground at pin 3 on connector. Is ground present?

Result: YES:Circuit U110 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). Disconnect ignition relay (K10) connector. Check for continuity between pin 3 (circuit U110 RED) on SSM connector (X40) and all other pins of ignition relay connector (K10). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 520

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Circuit that indicated continuity to another pin is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 5 ) Reset Controller

Action: →NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) will not store diagnostic trouble codes; when ignition is cycled, the SSM will reset and all codes will be lost. Document all diagnostic codes. Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Ignition ON. Is DTC 002634.04 present?

Result: YES:Replace SSM. NO:Checks complete.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 521

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

002634.05- Ignition Relay 194

Ignition relay (K10) circuit is open or shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Ignition Relay Out Current Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20). NO:Go to Ignition Relay Check. ( 2 ) Ignition Relay Check

Action: Switched power OFF. Remove ignition relay (K10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance across the coil (pins 1 and 2) of relay (K10). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?

Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace ignition relay (K10). ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check

Action: Disconnect battery power. Disconnect the SSM connector (X40). Disconnect the ignition relay (K10) connector. Check circuit U110 RED for continuity between pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) and pin 1 of ignition relay connector (K10). Check circuit G001 BLK for continuity between pin 2 of ignition relay connector (K10) and ground. Is continuity indicated?

Result: YES:Go to Reset Controller. NO:Circuit without continuity indicated is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Reset Controller

Action: →NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) will not store diagnostic trouble codes; when ignition is cycled, the SSM will reset and all codes will be lost. Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 522

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Wait 20 seconds. Ignition ON. Is DTC 002634.05 present?

Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. 523850.04- SSM Button 15 194

Ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523850.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523850.09- SSM Button 15 194

No LED response for ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 523

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523850.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523852.04- SSM Button 14 194

Backhoe control pattern switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523852.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 524

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Checks complete. 523852.09- SSM Button 14 194

No LED response for the backhoe control pattern switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523852.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523854.04- SSM Button 13 194

Auxiliary hydraulic switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 525

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523854.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523854.09- SSM Button 13 194

No LED response for auxiliary hydraulic switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523854.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 526

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523855.04- SSM Button 12 194

Rear wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523855.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523855.09- SSM Button 12 194

No LED response for rear wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 527

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523855.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523856.04- SSM Button 11 194

Front washer switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523856.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 528

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523856.09- SSM Button 11 194

No LED response for the front washer switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523856.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523857.04- SSM Button 10 194

Front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 529

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523857.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523857.09- SSM Button 10 194

No LED response for front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523857.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 530

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523858.04- SSM Button 9 194

Rear work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523858.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523858.09- SSM Button 9 194

No LED response for rear work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 531

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523858.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523860.04- SSM Button 8 194

Front work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523860.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 532

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523860.09- SSM Button 8 194

No LED response for the front work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523860.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523861.04- SSM Button 7 194

Keypad 1 switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 533

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523861.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523861.09- SSM Button 7 194

No LED response for the keypad 1 switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523861.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 534

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523862.04- SSM Button 6 194

Loader coupler switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523862.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523862.09- SSM Button 6 194

No LED response for the loader coupler switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 535

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523862.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523863.04- SSM Button 5 194

Hazard warning signal switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523863.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 536

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523863.09- SSM Button 5 194

No LED response for hazard warning signal switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523863.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523864.04- SSM Button 4 194

Park brake switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 537

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523864.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523864.09- SSM Button 4 194

No LED response for the park brake switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523864.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 538

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523865.04- SSM Button 3 194

Auto shift switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523865.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523865.09- SSM Button 3 194

No LED response for auto shift switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 539

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523865.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523867.04- SSM Button 2 194

Engine stop switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523867.04 present?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 540

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523867.09- SSM Button 2 194

No LED response for the engine stop switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523867.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523868.04- SSM Button 1 194

Engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 541

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS

Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523868.04 present?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523868.09- SSM Button 1 194

No LED response for the engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator

No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check

Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?

Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller

Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9001 page 542

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

(g) by Belgreen v2.0

Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523868.09 present?

Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check

Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 543

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE Table of contents Group 10 - Operational Checkout Procedure ....................................................................................... 1 Switched Power ON, Engine ON Checks ............................................................................................... 1

<- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Group 10 - Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout Procedure Use this check to make a quick check of machine operation by doing a walk-around inspection and performing specific checks from operator’s seat. Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing the operational checkout. Complete visual checks (oil levels, oil condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage, wiring, etc.) before performing checkout. Most checks will require machine systems to be at normal operating temperatures and a level area with adequate space to operate machine. Some checks may require varied surfaces. If no problem is found, go to the next check. If a problem is indicated, an additional check or repair procedure will be suggested. No special tools are necessary to perform the checkout.

Diagnostic Trouble Code Check ( 1 ) Display and Clear Trouble Codes

Action: Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing the operational checkout. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed by using two methods: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Service ADVISOR ™ Check for diagnostic trouble codes. sss: Are diagnostic trouble codes present?

Result: YES:Correct all diagnostics trouble codes before proceeding. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Proceed with operational checkout.

Switched Power OFF, Engine OFF Checks ( 1 ) Periodic Maintenance Decal Check

Action: Periodic maintenance decal check. sss: Is periodic maintenance decal legible?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace decal. ( 2 ) Cab Doors and Window Seals Check

Action: Open and close doors and windows. Inspect seals. sss: Do cab doors and windows seal properly? sss: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 1

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Do cab doors latch properly?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Adjust doors and windows to close against seals properly. Replace seals as necessary. NO:Adjust or replace latches as necessary. ( 3 ) Battery and Hour Meter Check

Action: Switched power OFF position.

Hour and Voltage Press SELECT button on standard display monitor (SDM), and hold until battery voltage and hour meter are displayed. sss: Does battery volts read a minimum of 12 volts?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Test battery. ( 4 ) Dome Light Check

Action: Press the outside edge of dome light lens to turn the dome light on. sss: Is dome light on?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulb. Check wiring. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 5 ) Horn Check

Action: Press horn button. sss: Does horn activate?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check horn circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 6 ) Seat Belt Check <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 2

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Action: Does seat belt function correctly?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Use and Maintain Seat Belt . (Operator’s Manual.) ( 7 ) Seat Control Checks

Action: →NOTE: For seat adjustment procedures, see Seat Controls . (Operator′s Manual.) Does seat raise and lower? Does seat move forward and rearward easily and lock in position? Does seat rotate from loader to backhoe position easily and lock in position? Does seat back tilt forward and rearward easily and lock in position?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Inspect linkage and repair. ( 8 ) Service Brake Pedal Stop Check

Action:

Pedal Stop Unlock brake pedals. Lift left and right brake pedals individually. sss: Does each pedal have a minimal amount of travel before cap screws contact stop? →NOTE: Gap between pedal stop screws and plate should be 0.127—0.381 mm (0.005—0.015 in). This travel ensures that brake check valves are opened and brakes are released.

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Service Brake Pedal Adjustment . (Group 9020-20.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 3

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Switched Power ON, Engine OFF Checks ( 1 ) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Check

Action: →NOTE: For full display of indicators and menu see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) . (Operator’s Manual.) Press and release engine start switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) to energize machine (switched power on, engine off). Observe monitor and note changes (bulbs, indicators, and gauges). sss: Does the display show the correct model number for a few seconds? Does the display show FASTEN SEAT BELT for a few seconds? Do all lights and backlighting come on? Does the display show the voltage and hours symbol? Do all gauge indicators point to maximum travel position and then move to their normal operating position?

Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check standard display monitor (SDM) circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Action: Switched power ON. Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. sss: Does the display show gear, engine speed, and hour meter?

Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check standard display monitor (SDM) circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Action: Switched power ON. Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. sss: Does the display show gear, engine speed, and voltage?

Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check SDM circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Action: Switched power ON. Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. sss: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 4

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Does the display show gear, engine speed, and job timer hours?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check SDM circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 2 ) Battery Disconnect Switch Check—If Equipped

Action:

Battery Disconnect Switch Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position. Switched power ON. sss: Do monitor indicator lights come on?

Result: YES:Switch is malfunctioning. Check battery disconnect switch. NO:Continue check.

Action: Turn battery disconnect switch to the ON position. Switched power ON. sss: Do monitor indicator lights come on?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Switch is malfunctioning. Check battery disconnect switch. ( 3 ) Front Wiper and Washer Circuit Check

Action:

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 5

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Front Wiper Switch

Front Washer Switch Switched power ON. Press front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Does front wiper operate in intermittent mode? Press wiper switch again and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). sss: Does front wiper operate in slow mode? Press wiper switch again and release to enable (three LED’s illuminated). sss: Does front wiper operate in fast mode? IMPORTANT: Washer motor may be damaged if washer switch is held for more than 20 seconds, or continually operated with no fluid in the washer fluid tank. Press washer switch on SSM and release to enable. sss: Does front wiper continue to operate? sss: Does front washer pump operate?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check washer hose for kinks or obstructions. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 6

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

NO:Washer fluid reservoir may be empty. ( 4 ) Rear Wiper Check

Action:

Rear Wiper Switch Switched power ON. Press rear wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Does rear wiper operate intermittently? Press wiper switch on SSM again and release (two LED’s illuminated). sss: Does rear wiper operate in regular mode?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 5 ) Drive Lights Check

Action:

Drive Lights Switch Switched power ON. Press drive light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Are two front drive lights and two rear red lights on? Press drive light switch on SSM again and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). sss: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 7

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Are four front drive lights and two rear red lights on? Press drive light switch on SSM again and release to enable (three LED’s illuminated). sss: Are all lights off?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 6 ) Rear Work Lights Check

Action:

Rear Work Lights Switched power ON. Press rear work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Are two rear work lights on? Press rear work light switch the second time and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). sss: Are four rear work lights on? Press rear work light switch the third time and release to enable (three LED’s illuminated). sss: Are four rear work lights and two side lights on? Press rear work light switch fourth time and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Are the two side work lights on? Press rear work light switch fifth time and release (no LED’s illuminated). sss: Are all rear work lights off?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location and see Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 8

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

( 7 ) Turn Signal Light Check

Action: Switched power ON. Press right side of turn signal light rocker switch down on steering wheel column. sss: Is right amber light flashing? Does right LED indicator flash in the rocker switch? Press left side of turn signal light rocker switch down. sss: Is left amber light flashing? Does left LED indicator light on steering column flash?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 8 ) Brake Light Switch Check

Action: Switched power ON. Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal. sss: Does brake light come on when either pedal is depressed with switched power on?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 9 ) Beacon Light Check—If Equipped

Action: Switched power ON. Turn beacon light switch ON. sss: Is beacon flashing? Turn beacon light switch OFF. sss: Is beacon light off?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Hazard Warning Signal Light Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 9

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Action:

Hazard Warning Signal Light Switch Switched power ON. Press the hazard warning signal light switch on sealed switch module (SSM). sss: Are four amber lights flashing (two front and two rear)? Are both turn light indicator arrows flashing in turn signal rocker switch?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) Blower Switch and Function Check—If Equipped

Action: LEGEND: 1 Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Switch 2 Blower Speed Control Switch 3 Temperature Control Knob

Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Controls Switched power ON. Turn blower speed control switch (2) to LOW, MED, HIGH, and PURGE. sss: Does blower speed change as each different speed is selected?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check blower fuse (F44). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO: Perform Blower Motor Speed Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.) If blower switch is good, perform Blower Motor Resistor Test . (Group 9031-25.) ( 12 ) Ride Control Electrical Check—If Equipped <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 10

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Action:

Ride Control Switch Switched power ON. Press ride control switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) to turn enable ride control (LED illuminated in switch). sss: Does the ride control indicator symbol illuminate in the standard display monitor (SDM)? Turn ride control switch OFF (LED not illuminated in switch). sss: Is the ride control LED indicator light symbol turned off in the SDM?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check ride control SSM switch and circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend , see Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram , and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) NO:Check ride control circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend and see Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.)

Switched Power ON, Engine ON Checks ( 1 ) Loader Boom Lock Check

Action: Raise loader boom and install boom lock. sss: Does boom lock work properly?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace if necessary. ( 2 ) Park Brake Indicator and Switch Check

Action: Fasten seat belt. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Apply service brakes. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 11

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

sss: Is the park brake indicator displayed on the standard display monitor (SDM)? sss: Is the park brake switch LED illuminated? Release park brake. sss: Is the park brake indicator off on the SDM? sss: Is the park brake switch LED off? Apply park brake. Stop the engine.

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check SDM park brake pressure switch circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location and see Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) See Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram and see Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 3 ) Start Circuit Check

Action:

Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Fasten seat belt. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to first gear forward (1F). Apply service brakes. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. →NOTE: The engine will start with TCL in forward (F) or reverse (R) but the controller will automatically shift the transmission to neutral (N). sss: Does the engine start? Does standard display monitor (SDM) show RETURN TCL TO NEUTRAL? Apply service brakes. Release park brake.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 12

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Neutral on Display Move TCL to neutral. →NOTE: SDM will not show forward (F) or reverse (R) until the TCL is cycled to neutral and the park brake has been released. sss: Does SDM show neutral (N)?

1F TCL to first gear forward. sss: Does SDM show first forward (1F)?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check TCL gear range switch (S6) circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation and see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 4 ) Reverse Warning Alarm Check

Action:

1R Transmission Control Lever (TCL) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 13

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

1R Display Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Apply service brakes. Release Park Brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to first gear reverse (1R). sss: Does display show correct gear and direction? Does the reverse warning alarm sound?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check reverse warning alarm circuit. See Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram and see Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 5 ) Transmission Gearshift Detent Check

Action:

Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Fasten seat belt. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Apply service brakes. Release park brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) into forward (F). Turn TCL to shift into each gear. sss: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 14

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Does gear number align with pointer in each speed detent position? Does twist handle remain in detented positions? Does display indicate correct gear and direction?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace TCL switch. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Remove and Install . (Group 0315.) ( 6 ) Autoshift Transmission Check—If Equipped

Action:

Autoshift Transmission Switch →NOTE: Autoshift Transmission mode allows the machine to automatically shift in gear range two through highest gear range in forward and two through three in reverse but the transmission control lever’s (TCL) current position determines the highest range or shift band autoshift will operate in. If the TCL is in forward (3F), autoshift will only shift automatically between gears two and three. Fasten seat belt. Start the engine. Press autoshift transmission switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). Apply service brakes. Release park brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (4). Drive machine at various travel and engine speeds in forward. sss: Does the gear range show on the SDM? sss: Does machine automatically shift up and down in gears two through highest forward gear? Move transmission control lever (TCL) to reverse (4). Drive machine at various travel and engine speeds in reverse. sss: Does the gear range change on the SDM? sss: Does machine automatically shift up and down in gears two through three in reverse?

Result: YES:Go to next check. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 15

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

NO:Check autoshift circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 7 ) Park Brake Function Check

Action: Fasten seat belt. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing loader position. Apply service brakes. Release park brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to third gear forward (3F). Slowly increase engine speed just enough to allow machine to start to move a few feet. Apply the park brake. →NOTE: Transmission will shift to neutral (N) as soon as park brake is applied. sss: Does park brake engage when park brake switch is pushed and does the machine stop?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check park brake circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 8 ) Pilot Control Tower Operating/Stored Position Check—If Equipped

Action: Move pilot control towers into operating position. Release towers. sss: Do towers stay in operating position? Move pilot control towers into stored position. sss: Do towers stay in stored position?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Inspect pilot control towers. See Backhoe Pilot Control Tower Remove and Install . (Group 3315.) ( 9 ) Pilot Enable Switch Check—If Equipped

Action: Run engine at slow idle. Disable pilot controls and move control levers. sss: Do activated functions move?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 16

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Result: NO:Continue with check. YES:Check pilot control circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Pilot Control Pattern Select Switch Check—If Equipped

Action:

Pilot Control Pattern Select Switch Enable pilot controls. Select backhoe option (LED illuminated) on the pilot control pattern select switch on the standard switch module (SSM). Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. sss: Does backhoe boom move when left pilot control lever is activated? Does backhoe crowd move when right pilot control lever is activated?

Result: YES:Continue with check. NO:Check pattern select circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.)

Action: Select excavator from the two position pattern select switch. Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. sss: Does backhoe crowd move when left pilot control lever is activated? Does backhoe boom move when right pilot control lever is activated?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check pattern select circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Selective Flow Check—If Equipped

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 17

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Action:

Selective Flow Control Momentary Switch Operator’s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Enable the following modes: FOOT SWITCH MODE sss: Does backhoe auxiliary function with use of foot switch only? CONTINUOUS MODE sss: Does backhoe auxiliary function continuously without use of foot switch? OFF sss: Does backhoe auxiliary stop continuously functioning? sss: Is backhoe auxiliary foot switch function disabled?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 12 ) Pilot Control Valve Check—If Equipped

Action: Enable pilot controls. Move pilot control levers in all directions. sss: Do levers move freely in all directions? sss: Do levers spring back to neutral when released?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:If pilot control levers bind during travel or do not return to neutral position, inspect controls and towers. See Backhoe Pilot Control Tower Remove and Install . (Group 3315.) ( 13 ) Pilot Control Accumulator Check—If Equipped <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 18

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Action: Run engine at 1500 rpm. Operators seat in backhoe position. Enable pilot controls. Disengage boom from boom lock. Hold boom up function over relief for 10 seconds. Turn engine off and switched power ON. →NOTE: Pilot enable switch must be cycled after switched power is turned back ON. Cycle pilot enable switch to enable position. Activate boom down function. sss: Does boom lower when boom down function is activated?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check pilot control manifold valve. See Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) ( 14 ) Backhoe Stabilizer Check

Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing backhoe position. Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise left stabilizer. Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise right stabilizer. sss: Do both stabilizers raise and lower?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Lockout Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) ( 15 ) Stabilizer Cylinder Check

Action: Engine speed at approximately 1500 rpm. Position loader bucket off the ground. Operator′s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Lower stabilizers to raise rear of machine off the ground. sss: Do cylinders extend and hold machine up? Raise stabilizers. sss: Do cylinders retract and remain up?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 19

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Inspect stabilizer valve section and stabilizer solenoids. ( 16 ) Brake System Leakage Check

Action:

Brake Pedals Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal. sss: Brake pedal must not feel spongy (caused by air in the system). Does pedal settle more than 25 mm (1.0 in) per minute?

Result: YES:Bleed brake system. See Service Brake Bleed Procedure . (Group 9020-15.) NO:Go to next check. ( 17 ) Brake Drag/Park Brake Check

Action:

Machine Position Operator′s seat in loader position and locked. Position machine on a gradual slope with front of machine facing downhill. Lift loader bucket off the ground. Transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral. Differential lock not actuated. Release park brake. Release service brakes. Let machine coast freely for several feet. Apply park brake. sss: Did machine stop? <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 20

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Release park brake. →NOTE: If machine does not move freely on slope, drive the machine for 5 minutes. Feel axle housing area to locate which brake is dragging. sss: Did machine coast freely?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Perform Power Boost Service Brake Valve Leakage Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 18 ) Engine Speed Control Dial Check

Action:

Engine Speed Control Dial Engine speed at slow idle. Auto-idle off. Lower all equipment to the ground. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Move engine speed control dial to slow idle, then to fast idle position. →NOTE: If equipped with economy mode option, it must be disabled (OFF) in the monitor to allow for maximum fast idle (2400 rpm). sss: Does tachometer read 900 rpm (slow idle) and 2400 rpm (fast idle)?

Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position. Move speed control dial to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 21

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Lower stabilizers to raise machine off the ground. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) not actuated. Move TCL to first gear forward. sss: Does engine speed return to slow idle?

Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing loader position. TCL in neutral. Move speed control dial to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm. Apply service brakes. sss: Does engine speed return to slow idle?

Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)

Action: Release service brakes. sss: Does engine speed return to 1200 rpm?

Result: NO:Go to next check. YES:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 19 ) Engine Speed Control Pedal Check

Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Lower all equipment to the ground. Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 22

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Move the foot throttle from slow idle to fast idle. →NOTE: If equipped with economy mode option, it must be disabled (OFF) in the monitor to allow for maximum fast idle (2400 rpm). sss: Does tachometer read 900 rpm (slow idle) and 2400 rpm (fast idle)?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-10.) ( 20 ) Auto-Idle Circuit Check—If Equipped

Action: Enable auto-idle function in the standard display monitor (SDM) menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup . (Operator’s Manual) Lower all equipment to the ground. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Hydraulic functions in neutral. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Engine speed fast idle. Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) sss: Does engine speed decrease after 4—6 seconds?

Result: YES:Continue check. NO:See engine control unit (ECU) circuit theory of operation (for machine engine type). (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.)

Action: Slowly actuate any boom backhoe function. sss: Does engine speed return to its original setting?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:See engine control unit (ECU) circuit theory of operation (for machine engine type). (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 21 ) Loader Return-to-Dig Check

Action: Lower all equipment to the ground. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Raise loader boom to full height. Lower loader boom by pulling the loader control lever all the way to left and let go of control lever to enable return-to-dig. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 23

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

sss: Does bucket roll back from dump position to dig position and control lever return to neutral position?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Loader Operation . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 22 ) Transmission Clutch Disconnect Circuit Check

Action: Fasten seat belt. Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked. Engine speed approximately 2000 rpm. Raise loader bucket off the ground. Shift transmission into fourth gear. Release park brake. Shift transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (3). sss: Does engine rpm drop (approximately 50 rpm) when the TCL is shifted into forward (F)? Press clutch disconnect switch on loader control lever and note sound of engine. sss: Does engine rpm increase when the clutch disconnect button is pressed?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check harness circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram and See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 23 ) Differential Lock Check

Action:

Differential Lock Check Raise machine off the ground with loader and stabilizers. Unlock the brake pedals. Turn mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch OFF (if equipped). Release park brake. Press differential lock foot switch. →NOTE: Differential lock speed limit option limits engagement (enabling the option) when engine is operated over 1000 rpm. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup . (Operator’s Manual.) Operate machine at 1000 rpm maximum in first forward (1F). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 24

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Apply one brake pedal. sss: Do both rear wheels stop?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check differential lock pressure. See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 24 ) Front Wheel Alignment (Toe-In) Check

Action:

Toe-In Drive machine in fourth gear forward on a surface with loose material. sss: Is material from behind front wheels thrown excessively inward or outward?

Result: YES: See Toe-In Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.) NO:Go to next check. ( 25 ) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Driving Check—If Equipped

Action:

MFWD Switch Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing loader position. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise machine off the ground using loader and stabilizers. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 25

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Release park brake. Shift transmission to first gear and operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F) position. Turn on mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch. sss: Do the front wheels turn? Turn OFF MFWD. sss: Do the front wheels stop turning?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) or see No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) . (Group 9020-15.) ( 26 ) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Differential Check—If Equipped

Action:

MFWD Switch CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise machine off the ground using loader and stabilizers. Operator’s seat facing loader position. Release park brake. Shift transmission in first gear forward (1F). Engage mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). Lower front wheels to just contact ground. sss: Does at least one front wheel turn?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) or see No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) . (Group 9020-15.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 26

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

( 27 ) Sideshift Frame Lock Check

Action:

Side Shift Frame Lock Check Operate engine at slow idle. Lock backhoe in transport position. Depress sideshift lock foot switch. sss: Does sideshift frame drop slightly as locking pistons retract?

Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Sideshift frame lock does not release. Check fuse (F47). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Inspect wiring from switch to valve solenoid. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram and see Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)

Action: Release switch to ON position. Hold boom up function over relief. sss: Does sideshift frame raise slightly when backhoe valve is held over relief?

Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Sideshift frame will not lock. Remove and inspect check valve and solenoid seals. See Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.

Action: Return boom lever to neutral position. sss: Does sideshift frame remain locked in position for 1 minute minimum?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Sideshift frame does not remain locked. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 28 ) Boom Lock Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 27

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Action:

Boom Lock Switch Engage park brake. Put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral (N). Operate engine at slow idle. Move boom control back in the boom raise (over relief) position. Depress boom lock foot switch. sss: Are both locks in the raised and released position?

Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check fuse (F47). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check sideshift switch (S34), solenoid (Y34), and circuit. See Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram and see Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)

Action:

Release Boom Lock Foot Switch Release boom lock foot switch. sss: Are both locks in the engaged position?

Result: YES:Go to the next check. NO:Inspect and repair boom lock cylinder return springs. ( 29 ) Steering System Checks

Action: Operator’s seat facing loader position. Raise the loader bucket off the ground with the bottom level with the ground.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 28

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise rear of machine off the ground using stabilizers. Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm. Turn the steering wheel full left to full right several times. →NOTE: Internal leakage or a sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels to continue to move after steering wheel is stopped. sss: Did the front wheels move smoothly in both directions? When the steering wheel was stopped, did the wheels stop moving?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Wheels did NOT move smoothly in both directions. Wheels continued to move after steering wheel was stopped. See Machine Turns When Steering Valve is in Neutral . (Group 9025-15.) ( 30 ) Cylinder Cushion Check

Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise rear of machine off the ground. Boom must be lowered from the transport position. Activate backhoe swing left and right. Make a note of the sound and speed as cylinders near end of their stroke. sss: Does swing speed decrease near the end of the cylinder stroke? Repeat check using backhoe boom raise function.

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Remove and repair cylinder cushion. ( 31 ) Backhoe and Loader Function Drift Check

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 29

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

CAUTION: Make sure area is clear and large enough to operate all functions of machine. →NOTE: All systems must be warmed up to operating range to get accurate test results.

Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item

Measurement

Specification

Hydraulic Oil

Temperature

60—70°C 140—160°F

Engine speed at slow idle. Position backhoe fully extended with bucket at a 45° angle to the ground. Lower boom until the bucket cutting edge is 50 mm (2.0 in) off the ground. Position loader bucket the same distance off of the ground as backhoe bucket. Observe both bucket cutting edges for 1 minute. sss: Are both bucket cutting edges still off the ground after 1 minute?

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: Perform Function Drift Test . (Group 9025-25.) ( 32 ) Ride Control System Check—If Equipped

Action:

Ride Control Switch Run engine at fast idle. Press ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable ride control ON (LED illuminated). Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked. Raise loader boom to maximum height. Power boom down half way to the ground. Stop suddenly by releasing the joystick. sss: Is boom cushioned when joystick is released?

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 30

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure

Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check accumulator charge. See Ride Control Accumulator Charge Check Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) ( 33 ) Cycle Times Check CAUTION: Make sure area is clear and large enough to operate all functions of machine. IMPORTANT: Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature for this check.

Action: Engine at fast idle. →NOTE: If equipped with economy mode option, it must be disabled (OFF) in the monitor to allow for maximum fast idle (2400 rpm). Record cycle time for each function. Does machine perform within specifications? Item

Measurement

Loader Boom Raise (bucket flat on ground-to-full height)

Maximum Cycle Time (seconds) 5.5 (seconds)

Specification

Loader Boom Lower—Powered (full height-to-bucket flat on ground)

Maximum Cycle Time

2.2 (seconds)

Loader Boom Lower—Float (full height-to-bucket flat on ground)

Maximum Cycle Time

2.2 (seconds)

Loader Bucket Dump (boom just above ground

Maximum Cycle Time

2.4 (seconds)

Loader Bucket Curl (boom just above ground)

Maximum Cycle Time

2.6 (seconds)

Backhoe Boom Raise (backhoe at maximum reach, bucket teeth on ground-to-boom at cushion)

Maximum Cycle Time

2.9 (seconds)

Backhoe Boom Lower (backhoe at maximum reach, bucket teeth on ground-to-boom at cushion)

Maximum Cycle Time

2.9 (seconds)

Crowd In (boom in transport position)

Maximum Cycle Time

3.1 (seconds)

Crowd Out (boom in transport position)

Maximum Cycle Time

2.7 (seconds)

Backhoe Bucket Dump

Maximum Cycle Time

2.4 (seconds)

Backhoe Bucket Curl

Maximum Cycle Time

2.8 (seconds)

Backhoe Swing (boom raised to cushion, bucket curled, dipperstick parallel to ground cylinder-cushion-to-cylindercushion [180°])

Maximum Cycle Time

3.3 (seconds)

Item

Measurement

Specification

Extendible Dipperstick Extend—If Equipped

Maximum Cycle Time

2.4 (seconds)

Extendible Dipperstick Retract—If Equipped

Maximum Cycle Time

2.6 (seconds)

Right Stabilizer Down (full up-to-ground level)

Maximum Cycle Time

2.5 (seconds)

Right Stabilizer Up (ground level-to-full up)

Maximum Cycle Time

2.5 (seconds)

Left Stabilizer Down (full up-to-ground level)

Maximum Cycle Time

2.5 (seconds)

Left Stabilizer Up (ground level-to-full up)

Maximum Cycle Time

2.5 (seconds)

Steering Right to Left

Turns

2.3 to 3

Steering Left to Right

Turns

2.3 to 3

Steering Right to Left (MFWD)

Turns

2.3 to 3

Steering Left to Right (MFWD)

Turns

2.3 to 3

Does machine perform within specifications?

Result: YES:Operational checkout complete. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9005 page 31

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

ENGINE

(g) by Belgreen v2.0

NO:Check hydraulic oil level. NO: See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test . (Group 9025-25.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 32

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 9010 - ENGINE Table of contents Group 05 - Theory of Operation ............................................................................................................. 1 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................... 1 Engine Cooling System Operation ........................................................................................................ 1 Cold Start Aid System Operation—If Equipped ..................................................................................... 3 Group 15 - Diagnostic Information ........................................................................................................ 4 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................... 4 Engine Identification ............................................................................................................................. 5 Engine Cooling System Component Location ....................................................................................... 8 Engine Fuel System Component Location .......................................................................................... 10 Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location ............................................................................... 14 Group 20 - Adjustments ........................................................................................................................ 18 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................. 18 Group 25 - Tests ..................................................................................................................................... 19 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................. 19 Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped .............................................................................................. 20 Engine Speed Check ........................................................................................................................... 24 Air in Fuel Test .................................................................................................................................... 25 Engine Thermostat Test ..................................................................................................................... 25 Thermal Bypass Valve Test ................................................................................................................ 26 Intake Manifold Pressure—Turbocharger Boost .................................................................................. 27

<- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 05: Theory of Operation

Group 05 - Theory of Operation John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:

Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)

Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)

Engine Cooling System Operation The machine’s cooling package contains: Radiator Hydraulic/transmission radiator Air conditioner condenser The radiator is mounted behind the hydraulic/transmission radiator in the cooling package. It is first to receive fan air. It also has higher coolant flow than the hydraulic/transmission radiator. The machine is equipped with a direct drive fan. Direct drive fans operate at a consistent speed with the engine at all times. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 1

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 05: Theory of Operation

Direct drive machines must increase engine speed in order to increase cooling performance. The engine cooling system shares coolant with the hydraulic and transmission cooling systems. Hydraulic and transmission oil cooling is accomplished by means of fluid-to-fluid coolers. The hydraulic and transmission oil coolers are remote mounted away from the cooling package, below the operator′s station. The water pump circulates coolant through the engine. Once achieving normal operating temperature, a thermostat opens to allow coolant to pass through the radiator, back to the water pump. The thermal bypass valve speeds hydraulic warm-up, maintains the oil at a more consistent set point, and makes for quicker stabilization of engine, transmission, and hydraulic temperatures. It works similarly to a thermostat but is not contained in the engine. When the thermal bypass valve opens, coolant flows from the water pump through the hydraulic/transmission radiator to remote mounted hydraulic and transmission oil coolers located on the right side inner frame rail. Coolant returns from the hydraulic and transmission oil coolers to the water pump. For additional information, see the following: Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.) Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Air Conditioning System Cycle Of Operation . (Group 9031-05.)

Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 Machines with engine model 4045HT054 or 4045HT086 add a fuel cooler and a charge air cooler to the cooling package. The fuel cooler is an air-to-fluid cooler. Fuel from the fuel tank is circulated through the fuel cooler before it arrives at the high pressure fuel pump. The lower fuel temperatures help reduce overall combustion temperatures and emissions. The charge air cooler is an air-to-air cooler. Charge air from the turbocharger is forced through the charge air cooler where it is cooled before it reaches the intake manifold. This cooler air increases horsepower while assisting in the reduction of emissions.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 2

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Cold Start Aid System Operation—If Equipped

Auto-Ether Injection System LEGEND: 1 2 Y15

Intake Manifold Ether Canister Start Aid Solenoid

The cold start aid system used on this machine is auto-ether injection. Ether injection helps to start the engine in cold weather by injecting a specific amount of ether into the intake manifold (1). When the ignition is ON and the engine control unit (ECU) detects the fuel temperature is below a specified temperature, the start aid solenoid (Y15) energizes, and ether flows from the canister (2) to the intake manifold (1) and mixes with intake air. For more information on the electrical control of auto-ether injection, see Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When the ether/air mixture reaches the combustion chamber, it mixes with diesel fuel. Ether ignites at a lower temperature than diesel fuel, therefore, inside the combustion chamber the ether ignites first, heating the diesel fuel and aiding combustion.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 3

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Group 15 - Diagnostic Information John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:

Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)

Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 4

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Engine Identification This machine is equipped one of the following engine models: 4045HT054, 4045HT086, and 4045TT096. Use the following information to identify engine model.

Engine Serial and Model Number Identification LEGEND: 1 Engine Serial Number Plate 2 Engine Serial Number 3 Engine Model Number

Engine Serial Number Plate Location

Engine Serial Number Plate Example Engine serial number plate (1) is located on right rear of engine block. Fifth character of engine model number (3) can be used to identify engine aspiration method. Engine Model Number Engine Model Number 4045 H T054

Turbocharged and air-to-air aftercooled

4045 H T086

Turbocharged and air-to-air aftercooled

4045 T T096

Turbocharged, no aftercooling

Engine Component Identification LEGEND: 4

Charge Air Cooler

4045HT054 and 4045HT086 Engine (front view)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 5

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

4045TT096 Engine (front view) Machines equipped with 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 engines utilize a charge air cooler (4) located near top front of cooling package. Machines equipped with 4045TT096 engines do not utilize a charge air cooler in the cooling package. Engines 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 are very similar. Key differences between the two engines are: LEGEND: 5 Exhaust Manifold

4045HT054 Engine

4045HT086 Engine Camshaft Turbocharger Exhaust Manifold Fuel Injectors Software <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 6

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

The exhaust manifold geometry is the only external component that visually distinguishes these two engines.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 7

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Engine Cooling System Component Location Engine Model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086

Engine Cooling System Component Location (engine model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Oil Cooler Hose Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Hydraulic Reservoir Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Thermal Bypass Valve Upper Radiator Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Thermal Bypass Valve Hose Surge Tank Overflow Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Surge Tank Hose Surge Tank Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Surge Tank-to-Thermostat Housing Hose Surge Tank-to-Coolant Pump Housing Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Radiator Fan Lower Radiator Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Oil Cooler Housing Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Cooler Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Coolant Pump Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Transmission Oil Cooler Hydraulic Oil Cooler

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 8

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Engine Model 4045TT096

Engine Cooling System Component Location (engine model 4045TT096) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Oil Cooler Hose Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Hydraulic Reservoir Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Thermal Bypass Valve Upper Radiator Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Thermal Bypass Valve Hose Surge Tank Overflow Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Surge Tank Hose Surge Tank Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Surge Tank-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Surge Tank-to-Coolant Pump Housing Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Radiator Fan Lower Radiator Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Oil Cooler Housing Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Coolant Pump Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Transmission Oil Cooler Hydraulic Oil Cooler

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 9

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Engine Fuel System Component Location Engine Model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086

Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 23 25 26 27

Fuel Cooler-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Hose High Pressure Fuel Pump Final Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector (4 used) Fuel Injector-to-Fuel Injector Line (3 used) High Pressure Common Rail-to-Fuel Injector Line High Pressure Common Rail-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-High Pressure Common Rail Line High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Line Final Fuel Filter Fuel Cooler Fuel Sender-to-Fuel Cooler Hose Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Breather Hose Fuel Sender-to-Auxillary Fuel Filter Hose Auxillary Fuel Filter Auxillary Fuel Filter-to-Primary Fuel Filter Hose Fuel Transfer Pump Fuel Leak-Off Line High Pressure Common Rail-to-Fuel Leak-Off Line High Pressure Common Rail

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 10

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 1 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Fuel Cooler-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Hose Final Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Line Fuel Tank Breather Final Fuel Filter Fuel Cooler Fuel Sender-to-Fuel Cooler Hose Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Vent Fuel Sender Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Breather Hose Fuel Sender-to-Auxillary Fuel Filter Hose Auxillary Fuel Filter Auxillary Fuel Filter-to-Primary Fuel Filter Hose Primary Fuel Filter-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Fuel Transfer Pump Primary Fuel Filter

Engine Model 4045TT096

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 11

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045TT096) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 11 16 17 18

High Pressure Fuel Pump Primary Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector Leak-Off-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector (4 used) Fuel Injector Leak-Off Line Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Tank Breather Hose Fuel Transfer Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Final Fuel Filter Primary Fuel Filter Fuel Sender-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-Fuel Injector Line (4 used) Fuel Injector-to-Fuel Injector Line (3 used)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 12

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045TT096) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Primary Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector Leak-Off Line Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Tank Breather Hose Fuel Transfer Pump Fuel Transfer Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Primary Fuel Filter-to-Fuel Transfer Pump Line Final Fuel Filter Primary Fuel Filter Fuel Tank Breather Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Vent Fuel Sender Fuel Sender-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Tank Breather Hose

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 13

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086

Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

<- Go to Section TOC

Charge Air Cooler Air Cleaner Charge Air Cooler-to-Air Intake Tube Exhaust Stack Muffler Exhaust Manifold Turbocharger Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube Turbocharger-to-Charge Air Cooler Tube

Section 9010 page 14

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10

Charge Air Cooler Air Cleaner Charge Air Cooler-to-Air Intake Tube Exhaust Stack Muffler Turbocharger Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube Turbocharger-to-Charge Air Cooler Tube Air Intake

Engine 4045TT096

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 15

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 15: Diagnostic Information

Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045TT096) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6

<- Go to Section TOC

Exhaust Manifold Muffler Turbocharger Air Cleaner Exhaust Stack Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube

Section 9010 page 16

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 20: Adjustments

Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045TT096) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

<- Go to Section TOC

Muffler Turbocharger Air Cleaner Exhaust Stack Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube Turbocharger-to-Air Intake Tube Air Intake

Section 9010 page 17

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 25: Tests

Group 20 - Adjustments John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:

Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)

Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 18

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 25: Tests

Group 25 - Tests John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:

Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)

Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 19

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 25: Tests

Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed

Slow Idle

System Fluid Purge Volume (approximate)

100 mL 3.4 oz.

Fluid Sample Volume (approximate)

75 mL 2.5 oz.

This procedure is recommended for obtaining oil samples using the John Deere sampling valve. A cap probe, plastic bag, and oil sampling kit for the appropriate system are needed for this procedure. Part numbers for the required items can be found at the end of this procedure. Sample fluid systems at the following intervals: Each system at every oil change before changing oil Engine oil: 250 hours (125 hours for machines above 1829 m (6000 ft.) elevation) Engine coolant: 500 hours Hydraulic oil: 500 hours Transmission oil: 500 hours Power train oil (axles, gear cases): 500 hours

Machine Preparation [1] - Start the machine and warm system to normal operating temperature. Operate machine functions so that the fluid is agitated throughout the system. [2] - Once the system has reached operating temperature, operate engine at slow idle. Item

Measurement

Specification

Engine

Speed

Slow Idle

[3] - Locate sample valve on unit and clean the area around the valve before removing dust cap, to reduce fluid sample contamination. See Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped. (Operator′s Manual.) [4] - Once the area has been cleaned, remove the dust cap from the valve.

Priming Sample Valve Oil must be purged from the system to ensure that a representative sample is collected in the test collection bottle. The amount of waste oil is the distance of the sampling valve from the flow of the system. It is recommended one full sample bottle, equal to 100 mL (3.4 oz.), be purged from a remotely mounted valve before collecting the sample. [1] - Connect probe to sample valve by placing the probe end into the valve port. [2] -

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 20

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 25: Tests

System Fluid Purge (excavator shown) Press and hold the probe to release an appropriate amount of fluid into a waste container. Item

Measurement

Specification

System Fluid Purge

Volume (approximate)

100 mL 3.4 oz.

[3] - Properly dispose of collected waste fluid. [4] - To increase the oil flow and obtain a representative sample, accelerate the flow of the system by increasing the engine speed to fast idle.

Obtaining Fluid Sample [1] →NOTE: This step is best done in a clean environment, rather than at the sample site. Place the sample bottle from the sample kit into plastic bag. Seal plastic bag.

Place Sample Bottle in Plastic Bag [2] -

Remove Lid of Sample Bottle (in plastic bag) Remove the lid from the sample container, while keeping bottle inside plastic bag. Move the lid aside within the plastic bag, so that the bottle opening is accessible. When collecting hydraulic or power train oil samples, be careful to hold the sheet of plastic (located under the lid) to the top of <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 21

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 25: Tests

the bottle. Keep the protective plastic in place when the lid is taken off. [3] →NOTE: The plastic bag creates a protective covering for the sample so that external contaminants are not introduced into the fluid sample. Holding bag tight across bottle, puncture hole in bag with cap probe line and insert line about 13 mm (0.5 in.) into the sample bottle.

Puncture Plastic Bag with Cap Probe Line [4] -

Collect Sample Fluid (excavator shown) Hold the cap probe line inside the bottle. Press, and hold the cap probe to the valve to release the sample fluid into the bottle. [5] - Fill the sample bottle about 3/4 full of fluid. Item

Measurement

Specification

Fluid Sample

Volume (approximate)

75 mL 2.5 oz.

[6] - After a representative sample is obtained, remove the tube and return the lid to the container. Leave the lid and bottle inside the plastic bag and the protective sheet attached underneath the lid (if applicable). When properly performed, sample oil is warm, indicating that all stagnant fluid was removed during the purge process and not sent to the lab. [7] <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 22

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 25: Tests

→NOTE: Use cap probes for only one sampling procedure. Install the dust cap to the sample valve, and properly dispose of the cap probe. [8] - Fill out the sample information form completely, and submit the form and sample to the designated regional lab for testing. Service Equipment and Tools Fluid Analysis Sampling Materials Summary Part Number

Description

AT317904

Engine Test Kit

AT303189

Hydraulic and Power Train Test Kit

AT180344

Diesel Fuel Test Kit

AT183016

Coolant Test Kit

TY26349

6 mm (1/4 in.) Suction Pump Tubing, 30 m (100 ft.).

AT308579

120 mL (4 oz.) Sample Bottle

AT315231

Poly Cap Probe

AT321211

Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -4 SAE O-ring

AT306111

Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 SAE O-ring

TY26363

Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/4"-20 NPT

AT306133

Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/8"-27 NPT

AT320593

Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 ORFS Female

AT312932

Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -8 ORFS Female

TY26364

90° Push Button Sample Valve with attached Cap, 1/8"-27 NPT

TY26365

Sample Valve Actuator Tubing Adaptor Fitting, KST Series Probe

Not applicable

Plastic Bag

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 23

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 25: Tests

Engine Speed Check LEGEND: 27

Display Monitor Screen

Display Monitor Screen Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Coolant Temperature

80°C 176°F

Engine Slow Idle Speed

880—900 rpm

Engine Fast Idle Speed

2350—2400 rpm

[1] →NOTE: ECONOMY MODE must be set to OFF in standard display monitor (SDM) to allow machine to reach standard fast idle. If equipped, disable ECONOMY MODE. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) [2] - View engine coolant temperature in monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - Run engine until engine coolant is to specification. Item

Measurement

Specification

Engine Coolant

Temperature

80°C 176°F

[4] - Run engine at slow idle. Item

Measurement

Specification

Engine Slow Idle

Speed

880—900 rpm

[5] - Check display monitor screen (27) to see if slow idle rpm is within specification. [6] - Run engine at fast idle. Item

Measurement

Specification

Engine Fast Idle

Speed

2350—2400 rpm

[7] - Check display monitor screen (27) to see if fast idle rpm is within specification. [8] →NOTE: Engine slow idle and fast idle settings cannot be adjusted. If slow or fast idle is out of specification, check the following: Check diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check air cleaner elements. See Inspecting and Cleaning Dusty Secondary and Primary Element . (Operator′s Manual.) Check for kinked or pinched fuel hoses (supply and return). See Engine Fuel System Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 24

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 25: Tests

Check fuel tank breather filter and hose. See Engine Fuel System Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) Check fuel filter and system. See Engine Fuel System Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) Check throttle position sensor. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) To identify engine as a 4045HT054, 4045HT086, or 4045TT096 see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15). For machines with 4045HT054 or 4045HT086 engines: Check engine control unit (ECU). See Electronic Control Unit (ECU) System Operation . (CTM502.) For machines with 4045TT096 engines: Check engine control unit (ECU). See Electronic Control Unit (ECU) . (CTM331.)

Air in Fuel Test To identify engine as a 4045HT054, 4045HT086, or 4045TT096 see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15). For machines with 4045HT054 or 4045HT086 engines: To check for air in fuel, see Test for Air in Fuel . (CTM502.) For machines with 4045TT096 engines: To check for air in fuel, see Test for Air in Fuel . (CTM331.)

Engine Thermostat Test Test opening temperature of the engine thermostat. See Inspect Thermostat and Test Opening Temperature . (CTM104.) Item

Measurement

Specification

Thermostat

Initial Opening Temperature—Range

79.5—83.5°C

Thermostat

Full Open Temperature—Nominal

175—182°F 94.5°C 202°F

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 25

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 25: Tests

Thermal Bypass Valve Test

Thermostat Opening Temperature Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Thermostat Initial Opening Temperature—Range

70—78°C 158—172°F

Thermostat Full Open Temperature—Nominal

88°C 190°F

[1] - Remove thermostat from thermal bypass valve. [2] - Heat water in a container. [3] CAUTION: DO NOT allow thermostat or thermometer to rest against the side or bottom of container when heating water. Either may rupture if overheated. Suspend thermostat and a thermometer in the container of water. [4] - Stir the water as it heats. Observe opening action of thermostat and compare temperature with specification. Item

Measurement

Specification

Thermostat

Initial Opening Temperature—Range

70—78°C

Thermostat

Full Open Temperature—Nominal

158—172°F 88°C 190°F

[5] - Remove thermostat and observe its closing action as it cools. In ambient air the thermostat will close completely. Closing action will be smooth and slow. [6] - Replace thermostat if operation does not meet specification. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 26

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 25: Tests

Intake Manifold Pressure—Turbocharger Boost Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Temperature

60—70°C 140—160°F

Engine Rated Speed

2200 rpm

Turbocharger Boost Pressure (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)

83—103 kPa 0.83—1.03 bar 12—15 psi

Turbocharger Boost Pressure (engine 4045TT096)

48—62 kPa 0.48—0.62 bar 7—9 psi

Essential Tools ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT07248 Turbocharger Boost Test Kit

IMPORTANT: On power shift transmissions ONLY, never operate machine equipped with mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) with front wheels (axle) on the ground, rear wheels (axle) off the ground and transmission in fourth gear forward. Damage to the mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) will occur. →NOTE: Boost specifications are based on use of No. 2 fuel. If using No. 1 fuel, reduce boost specifications by 7%.

Start Aid Tube (shown installed)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 27

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9010 - ENGINE

Group 25: Tests

Turbocharger Boost Pressure Test LEGEND: 1 2 3

Starting Aid Tube Adapter (JT07248 Turbocharger Boost Test Kit) Gauge (JT07248 Turbocharger Boost Test Kit)

[1] - Identify engine model number. See Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) [2] - Remove plug or starting aid tube (1) if equipped. [3] - Install adapter (2) and gauge (3). Turbocharger Boost Test Kit JT07248 Used to check turbocharger boost pressure. [4] - Apply park brake and put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Run engine until it is at normal operating temperature. Item

Measurement

Specification

Engine

Temperature

60—70°C 140—160°F

[5] →NOTE: ECONOMY MODE must be set to OFF to allow machine to reach standard fast idle. If equipped, disable ECONOMY MODE. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)—Machine Options or see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) [6] - Run engine at fast idle using loader hydraulics to load engine down to rated speed. Read turbocharger boost pressure. Item

Measurement

Specification

Engine

Rated Speed

2200 rpm

Turbocharger

Boost Pressure (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)

83—103 kPa 0.83—1.03 bar 12—15 psi

Turbocharger

Boost Pressure (engine 4045TT096)

48—62 kPa 0.48—0.62 bar 7—9 psi

[7] - If engine speed does not drop to specification, use following procedure to apply additional load to engine. a. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) b. Lower stabilizers and loader to raise wheels off ground. c. Put machine in second gear and transmission control lever (TCL) in forward or reverse. IMPORTANT: Possible damage to machine may occur if brakes are applied too long. Circulate hydraulic fluid if temperature exceeds 99°C (210°F). Run engine at fast idle. Apply service brakes to load engine down to rated speed.

[8] - Record highest boost pressure at rated speed. [9] - Repeat test several times. [10] - If boost pressure is too high, remove and test fuel injection pump for high fuel delivery. [11] - If boost pressure is too low, check for the following: Restricted air filter elements. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9010 page 28

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

(g) by Belgreen v2.0

Restricted fuel filter elements. Incorrect fast idle adjustment. Incorrect injection pump timing. Exhaust manifold leaks. Intake manifold leaks. Malfunctioning fuel transfer pump. Low compression pressure. Malfunctioning fuel injection nozzle. Carbon buildup in turbocharger. Turbocharger compressor or turbine wheel rubbing housing. Low fuel injection pump fuel delivery. Remove and test fuel injection pump for low fuel delivery.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 29

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Table of contents Group 05 - System Information ............................................................................................................. 1 Electrical Diagram Information ............................................................................................................. 1 Electrical Schematic Symbols ............................................................................................................... 5 Group 10 - System Diagrams ................................................................................................................. 8 Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications ......................................................................................... 8 System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Legend ............................ 11 System Functional Schematic and Section Legend ............................................................................ 15 Engine Harness (W10) Component Location ...................................................................................... 57 Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram .............................................................................................. 62 Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location ............................................................................ 67 Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram .................................................................................... 69 Cab Harness (W14) Component Location ........................................................................................... 71 Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram ................................................................................................... 74 Roof Harness (W17) Component Location .......................................................................................... 83 Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram .................................................................................................. 85 Radio Harness (W18) Component Location ........................................................................................ 87 Radio Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram ................................................................................................ 88 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Component Location ....................................................... 89 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram ............................................................... 90 Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Component Location .......................... 91 Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram .................................. 93 Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Component Location ............................................... 95 Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 97 Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location ................................................................. 99 Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram ....................................................................... 100 Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Component Location ...................................................................... 101 Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram .............................................................................. 102 Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location ............................................................. 103 Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram ..................................................................... 104 Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location .......................................................... 105 Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram .................................................................. 106 Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location ....................................................... 107 Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram ............................................................... 108 Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location ............................................ 109 Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram .................................................... 111 Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location ................................................................. 112 Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram ......................................................................... 113 Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Component Location .......................................................................... 114 Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram .................................................................................. 115 Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location—(S.N. —232969) ................................... 116 Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. —232969) ........................................... 118 Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location ............................................................................. 119 Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram ..................................................................................... 122 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Component Location ......................................... 126 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram ................................................. 127 Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Component Location ........................................................ 127 Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 128 Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— ) ....................... 128 Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— ) ............................... 129 Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location ................................... 130 <- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

(g) by Belgreen v2.1

Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram ........................................... 132 Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Component Location ..................................................................... 133 Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram ............................................................................. 134 Group 15 - Sub-System Diagnostics ................................................................................................. 135 Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation .................................................................................. 135 Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation ............................................................. 144 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation ..................................................................... 149 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation .................................................................... 158 Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation ............................................................................ 167 Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation .................................................................................. 172 Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation ...................................................................... 176 Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation ................................................................................ 180 Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation ........................................................... 182 Group 16 - Monitor Operation ............................................................................................................ 184 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu .............................................................................. 184 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Clear Codes ................................................................................. 184 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics ................................................................................. 185 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu Visible or Hidden ....................................................... 188 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Restore Monitor Defaults ............................................................ 188 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options ......................................................................... 190 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Setting Hour Meter ...................................................................... 194 Security System Enable-Disable ....................................................................................................... 196 Security System Configuration ......................................................................................................... 198 Security System Operation ............................................................................................................... 201 Group 20 - References ......................................................................................................................... 202 Electrical Component Specifications ................................................................................................. 202 Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure ....................................................................................... 204 JDLink™ Connection Procedure ........................................................................................................ 205 Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) ....................................................................................... 206 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Monitor Messages ........................................................................... 209 Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics ................................................................. 211 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics ...................................................................................... 213 Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test .................................................................................... 221 Alternator Test .................................................................................................................................. 222 Wire Harness Test ............................................................................................................................ 223 Sensor Circuit Test ........................................................................................................................... 223 Crank Position Sensor Test ............................................................................................................... 225 Transmission Control Circuit Test ..................................................................................................... 226 Transmission Solenoid Circuit Test ................................................................................................... 227 Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test ............................................................................................. 228 Transmission Solenoid Check ........................................................................................................... 229 Throttle Position Sensor Test ............................................................................................................ 230 Engine Speed Control Pedal Test Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 231 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test ............................................................................................ 232 Seat Position Sensor Remove and Install .......................................................................................... 233 Controller Remove and Install .......................................................................................................... 234

<- Go to Global Table of contents

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 05: System Information

Group 05 - System Information Electrical Diagram Information Explanation of Wire Markings →NOTE: All system functional schematics, circuit schematics, and wiring diagrams are shown with key switch in the OFF position.

System Functional Schematic Diagram

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 1

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 05: System Information

System Functional Schematic Example LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 7 <- Go to Section TOC

Continuity Chart Power Wires Routing Location Information Wire Identification Ground Wires Section Number Section 9015 page 2

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

8 9 10 11 12 13

Group 05: System Information

Component Name Component Identification Number Component Schematic Symbol Connector Identification Number Connector Connector Pin Information

The system functional schematic is made up of equal sections to simplify searching the schematic. Each section of the system functional schematic is assigned a number (7). The system functional schematic is formatted with power supply wires (2) shown near the top of the drawing and ground wires (5) near the bottom. The schematic may contain some harness or connector information. When connector information is shown, it will be displayed as a double chevron (12) with a component identification number (11) corresponding to the connector identification number. Connector pin information (13) will be displayed in a text size smaller than that of the connector identification number. Each electrical component is shown by a schematic symbol (10), the component name (8), and a component identification number (9). A component identification number and name will remain the same throughout the Operation and Test Technical Manual. This will allow for easy cross-referencing of all electrical drawings (schematics, wiring diagrams, and component location). Routing location information (3) is presented to let the reader know when a wire is connected to a component in another section. TO and FROM statements identify when power is going “To” or coming “From” a component in a different location. The section and component identification number are given in the first line of information and any pin information for the component is given in parenthesis in the second line. In this example, power is going TO section 23, component B14 on pin C4.

Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram Example LEGEND: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 3

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Group 05: System Information

Component Identification Number Connector Connector End View Wire Harness Wire Number Wire Splice Wire End #1 Termination Location Wire Number Wire Color Wire End #2 Termination Location

Each harness on the machine is drawn showing connectors, wires, and splices. A “W” component identification number identifies harnesses. (W6, etc.) The harness is drawn showing spatial arrangement of components and branches. A component identification or connector number (1) identifies each component. The wire harness (4) is terminated by a top or side view of the connector (2). If more than one wire is supplied to the connector, a harness side connector end view (3) is provided. Each wire number is labeled for the appropriate pin. If only one wire is supplied to the connector, the wire number (5) is indicated. An “X” component identification number of 100 or higher identifies splices (6). Each splice lists side A wires and side B wires to differentiate the side of the harness that the wires come from. A wire legend is provided for each harness. A component identification number is listed in the “END #1” column (7) to indicate the termination location of one end of a wire. In the center, the wire number (8) and wire color (9) are listed. A component identification number in the “END #2” column (10) identifies the opposite end of the wire.

Component Location Diagram The component location diagram is a pictorial view by harness showing location of all electrical components, connectors, harness main ground locations and harness band and clamp location. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the system functional schematic diagram.

Connector End View Diagram The connector end view diagram is a pictorial end view of the component connectors showing the number of pins in the connector and the wire color and identifier of the wire in every connector. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the system functional schematic diagram.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 4

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 05: System Information

Electrical Schematic Symbols

Electrical Schematic Symbols

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 5

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 <- Go to Section TOC

Group 05: System Information

Battery Wire Splice Fuse Circuit Breaker Fusible Link Power Outlet Alternator Air Conditioner Compressor Compressor Liquid Pump Antenna Diode Zener Diode Capacitor Magnet Flasher Buzzer Horn Alarm Electromagnet Internal Ground Single Point Ground External Ground Sensor Sensor with Normally Open Switch Speed Sensor Rotary Sensor Single Element Bulb Dual Element Bulb Solenoid Operated Hydraulic Valve with Suppression Diode Solenoid Normally Open Solenoid Normally Closed Starter Motor Starter Motor DC Motor DC Stepping Motor Wiper Motor Blower Motor Servo Motor Speedometer Tachometer Temperature Gauge Liquid Level Gauge Gauge Hourmeter Resistor Variable Resistor Manually Adjusted Variable Resistor Multi-Pin Connector Single Pin Connector Connector 4 Pin Relay 5 Pin Relay 5 Pin Relay with Internal Suppression Diode 5 Pin Relay with Internal Suppression Resistor Key Switch Temperature Switch Normally Open Temperature Switch Normally Closed Pressure Switch Normally Open Pressure Switch Normally Closed Liquid Level Switch Normally Open Liquid Level Switch Normally Closed Momentary Switch Normally Open Momentary Switch Normally Closed Toggle Switch Normally Open Toggle Switch Normally Closed Section 9015 page 6

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

2 Way Toggle Switch Normally Open 2 Way Toggle Switch Normally Closed Manual Switch Operation Push Switch Operation Pull Switch Operation Turn Switch Operation Toggle Switch Operation Pedal Switch Operation Key Switch Operation Detent Switch Operation Temperature Sensor Solar Sensor Pressure Sensor Liquid Level Sensor

Section 9015 page 7

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Group 10 - System Diagrams Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications

Fuse and Relay Box LEGEND: F11 F12 F13 F15 F17 F18 F20 F30 F31 F33 F34 F35 F42 F43 F44 F45 F47 X1

Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Optional Equipment Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Radio 10 A Fuse Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Return-To-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse Air Seat 15 A Fuse Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector

IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from overload. The fuse panel is located in right-hand console of operator’s station.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 8

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Load Center—Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 The engine load center is located on left side of the engine along the frame rail.

Engine Load Center (4045HT054 and 4045HT086) LEGEND: F3 F4 F21 F22 K25 V4

Key Switch 10 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Start Aid Relay Alternator Excitation Diode

Engine Load Center—Engine 4045TT096 The engine load center is located on left side of the engine along the frame rail.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 9

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Load Center (4045TT096) LEGEND: F3 F4 F22 F23 K25 K26 V4

Key Switch 10 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse (if equipped) Start Aid Relay Fuel Filter Heater Relay (if equipped) Alternator Excitation Diode LEGEND: F1

Main 250 A Fuse

Main 250 A Fuse Location LEGEND: F71

JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse

JDLink ™ Fuse Location <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 10

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Legend A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 , SE27 ) A2—Engine Control Unit (ECU) ( SE5 , SE8 )( W10 ) A3—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) ( SE15 )( W14 ) A9—Radio ( SE30 )( W18 ) A74—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) ( SE13 )( W14 ) A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit ( SE4 )( W6002 ) A6002—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit ( SE5 )( W6003 ) B2—Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch ( SE27 )( W19 ) B3—Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch ( SE27 )( W19 ) B6—Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor ( SE18 )( W13 ) B7—Engine Oil Pressure Switch ( SE7 )( W10 ) B8—Fuel Level Sensor ( SE14 )( W13 ) B9—Seat Position Sensor ( SE19 )( W14 ) B10—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor ( SE20 )( W13 ) B12—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch ( SE20 )( W13 ) B13—Park Brake Pressure Switch ( SE18 )( W13 ) B14—Transmission Output Speed Sensor ( SE18 )( W13 ) B15—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B17—Fuel Temperature Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B18—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B19—Crankshaft Position Sensor ( SE8 )( W10 ) B20—Engine Speed Control Pedal ( SE6 )( W14 ) B21—Engine Speed Control Dial ( SE6 )( W14 ) B26—Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor ( SE20 )( W13 ) B30—Right Speaker ( SE30 )( W18 ) B31—Left Speaker ( SE30 )( W18 ) B44—Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch ( SE19 )( W14 ) B60—Water-in-Fuel Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B61—Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch ( SE9 )( W10 ) B109—Air Filter Restriction Switch ( SE7 )( W10 ) E1—Left Rear Work Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E2—Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) ( SE24 )( W17 ) E3—Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) ( SE24 )( W17 ) E4—Right Rear Work Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E5—Left Front Work Light (if equipped) ( SE24 )( W17 ) E6—Right Front Work Light (if equipped) ( SE23 )( W17 ) E7—Left Front Work Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E8—Right Front Work Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E15—Left Docking Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E16—Right Docking Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E17—Beacon Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E20—Dome Light ( SE30 )( W14 ) E23—Left Backup Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E24—Right Backup Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E31—Left Front Drive Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E32—Right Front Drive Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E33—Left Front Marker Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E34—Right Front Marker Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E35—Left Front Turn Signal ( SE23 )( W17 ) E36—Right Front Turn Signal ( SE22 )( W17 ) E37—Left Brake/Tail Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E38—Right Rear Turn Signal ( SE22 )( W38 ) E39—Left Rear Turn Signal ( SE22 )( W38 ) E40—Right Brake/Tail Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E41—License Plate Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E45—Left Rear Light Assembly ( SE22 )( W38 ) E46—Right Rear Light Assembly ( SE22 )( W38 ) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 11

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

E47—Left Tail Light ( SE22 ) E48—Right Tail Light ( SE22 ) F1—Main 250 A Fuse ( SE1 )( W10 ) F4—ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse ( SE5 ) F11—Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE1 ) F12—Horn/Service ADVISOR Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse ( SE1 ) F13—Optional Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F15—Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F17—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F18—Radio 10 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F20—Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse ( SE25 ) F22—Start Aid 15 A Fuse ( SE6 ) F23—Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse ( SE9 )( W10 ) F30—Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F31—Return-to-Dig/Alternator Excitation 15 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F33—VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F34—Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F35—Transmission Control 5 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F42—Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F43—Air Seat 15 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F44—Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F45—Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F47—Boom and Sideshift Lock/Optional Equipment 15 A Fuse (S.N. —232969) ( SE3 )( W14 ) F47—Boom/Sideshift Lock/Rear Tail Lights/Optional Equipment 15 A Fuse (S.N. 235590—) ( SE3 )( W14 ) F71—JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse ( SE4 )( W6002 ) G1—Battery 1 ( SE1 ) G2—Battery 2 ( SE1 ) G4—Alternator ( SE1 )( W10 ) H1—Monitor Alarm ( SE14 )( W14 ) H3—Backup Alarm ( SE18 )( W13 ) H40—Horn ( SE28 )( W10 ) K5—Starter Relay ( SE1 )( W10 ) K10—Ignition Relay ( SE3 )( W14 ) K13—Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay ( SE22 )( W38 ) K20—Accessory Relay ( SE2 )( W14 ) K25—Start Aid Relay ( SE6 )( W10 ) K26—Fuel Filter Heater Relay ( SE9 )( W10 ) M1—Starter Motor ( SE1 )( W10 ) M9—Temperature Control Motor ( SE25 )( W14 ) M10—Blower Motor ( SE25 )( W14 ) M11—Blower Mode Door Motor ( SE25 )( W14 ) M13—Front Wiper Motor ( SE27 )( W14 ) M14—Rear Wiper Motor ( SE27 )( W14 ) M15—Front Washer Motor ( SE27 )( W14 ) M45—Air Seat Motor ( SE28 )( W14 ) R5—CAN Termination Resistor 1 ( SE4 )( W10 ) ( W6002 ) R6—CAN Termination Resistor 2 ( SE15 )( W14 ) R10—Blower Motor Speed Resistor ( SE25 )( W14 ) R20—Temperature Control Resistor ( SE25 )( W14 ) R26—Fuel Filter Heater ( SE9 )( W10 ) S2—Battery Disconnect Switch ( SE1 ) S5—Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S6—Gear Select Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S8—Clutch Disconnect Switch ( SE17 )( W14 ) S9—Air Conditioner Mode Switch ( SE26 )( W14 ) S10—Differential Lock Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S11—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch ( SE17 )( W14 ) S12—Return-to-Dig Switch ( SE29 )( W32 ) S14—Rear Wiper Enable Switch ( SE27 )( W14 ) S19—Drive Light High/Low Switch ( SE23 )( W14 ) S26—Brake Light Switch 1 ( SE22 )( W14 ) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 12

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

S27—Brake Light Switch 2 ( SE22 )( W14 ) S30—Turn Signal Switch ( SE22 )( W14 ) S34—Sideshift Lock Switch ( SE29 )( W37 , W42 ) S35—Boom Lock Switch ( SE29 )( W37 , W42 ) S36—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S37—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S38—Clutch Disconnect Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S40—Horn Switch ( SE28 )( W14 ) S42—Blower Motor Speed Switch ( SE25 )( W14 ) S45—Air Seat Switch ( SE28 )( W14 ) S46—Start Aid Switch ( SE6 )( W24 ) S47—Beacon Switch ( SE22 )( W14 ) S52—Pilot Enable Switch ( SE19 )( W31 ) S54—Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch ( SE19 )( W14 ) V4—Alternator Excitation Diode ( SE1 ) V12—Return-to-Dig Solenoid Diode ( SE28 )( W32 ) V13—Front Wiper Motor Diode ( SE27 )( W14 ) V19—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode ( SE26 )( W39 ) W1—Frame Ground Near Starter Motor ( SE1 , SE5 , SE6 , SE9 , SE18 , SE26 , SE28 )( W10 , W13 ) W2—Operator Station Floor Ground ( SE2 , SE13 , SE15 , SE16 , SE19 , SE22 , SE25 , SE27 , SE28 , SE30 )( W14 ) W3—Roof Ground ( SE24 )( W17 ) W4—Battery Ground ( SE1 ) X1—Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Connector ( SE15 )( W14 ) X4—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector ( SE15 )( W14 ) X9—Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector ( SE30 )( W14 , W18 ) X10—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector ( SE5 , SE8 )( W10 ) X11—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 )( W14 ) X12—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 , SE27 )( W14 ) X13—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 , SE27 )( W14 ) X14—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 ( SE14 )( W14 ) X20—Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ( SE1 , SE3 , SE5 , SE6 , SE13 , SE26 , SE28 )( W10 , W14 ) X21—Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ( SE14 , SE17 , SE20 , SE28 )( W13 , W14 ) X26—Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector ( SE23 )( W17 ) X31—Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector ( SE23 )( W17 ) X32—Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector ( SE23 )( W17 ) X33—Rear Frame Harness Connector ( SE22 , SE29 )( W14 , W38 ) X34—Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector ( SE29 )( W38 ) X38—Left Power Port ( SE30 )( W14 ) X39—Right Power Port ( SE30 )( W14 ) X40—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ( SE13 )( W14 ) X46—Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector ( SE26 )( W14 , W19 , W24 ) X47—Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector ( SE25 )( W14 , W40 ) X48—Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector ( SE16 )( W14 ) X49—Start Aid Switch Harness Connector ( SE6 )( W10 , W24 ) X52—Pilot Control Console Harness Connector ( SE19 , SE20 )( W14 )( W30 ) X53—Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector ( SE19 )( W30 , W31 ) X54—Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W14 , W28 ) X58—Loader Control Lever Connector ( SE16 , SE19 )( W14 ) X60—Side Console Option Connector ( SE28 )( W14 ) X62—Operator Station Option Connector ( SE29 )( W14 ) X66—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector ( SE26 )( W10 ) X67—Return-to-Dig Harness Connector ( SE28 )( W13 , W32 ) X68—Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W27 ) X81—Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W14 , W26 ) X82—Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W14 ) X101—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector ( SE4 )( W10 ) X102—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector ( SE4 )( W10 ) X123A—Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A ( SE29 )( W42 ) X123B—Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B ( SE29 )( W42 ) X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector ( SE4 ) X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector ( SE5 ) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 13

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Y1—Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y2—Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y3—Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y4—Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y5—Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y6—Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y7—Park Brake Release Solenoid ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y10—Differential Lock Solenoid ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y11—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y12—Return-to-Dig Solenoid ( SE28 )( W32 ) Y15—Start Aid Solenoid ( SE6 )( W10 ) Y16—Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid ( SE8 )( W10 ) Y19—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid ( SE26 )( W39 ) Y20—Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid ( SE21 )( W29 ) Y21—Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid ( SE21 )( W29 ) Y29—Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid ( SE21 )( W26 ) Y30—Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid ( SE21 )( W26 ) Y34—Sideshift Lock Solenoid ( SE29 )( W37 ) Y35—Boom Lock Solenoid ( SE29 )( W37 ) Y50—Ride Control Solenoid 1 ( SE21 )( W27 ) Y51—Ride Control Solenoid 2 ( SE21 )( W27 ) Y52—Pilot Enable Solenoid ( SE20 )( W30 ) Y53—Selective Flow Control Solenoid ( SE21 )( W28 ) Y56—Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid ( SE20 )( W13 ) Y58—Pattern Select Solenoid 1 ( SE20 )( W30 ) Y59—Pattern Select Solenoid 2 ( SE21 )( W30 )

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 14

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic and Section Legend →NOTE: SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit “SE1” indicates section number of system functional schematic where circuit is located. “Starting and Charging Circuit” indicates circuit name. SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit SE2—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE3—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE4—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Circuit SE5—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Circuit SE6—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE7—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE8—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE9—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE13—CAN/Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Circuit SE14—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE15—Service Advisor/Standard Display Monitor Circuit SE16—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE17—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE18—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE19—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE20—Pilot Enable Circuit SE21—Loader Coupler/Single Lever Loader Control with Auxiliary/ Selective Flow/Ride Control Circuit SE22 (S.N.—232969)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE22 (S.N 235590—)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE25—Blower Motor Circuit SE26—Air Conditioner Circuit SE27—Wiper/Washer Circuit SE28—Air Seat/Return-to-Dig Circuit SE29—Boom Lock/Sideshift Lock Circuit SE30—Power Port/Radio Circuit

System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 15

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE1—SE3)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 16

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

LEGEND: F1 Main 250 A Fuse F11 Radio/Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F12 Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse F13 Optional Equipment Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F15 Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse F17 Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse F18 Radio 10 A Fuse F30 Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse F31 Return-to-Dig/Alternator Excitation 15 A Fuse F33 VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse F34 Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse F35 Transmission Control 5 A Fuse F42 Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse F43 Air Seat 15 A Fuse F44 Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse F45 Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. —232969) F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Rear Tail Light/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. 235590— ) G1 Battery 1 G2 Battery 2 G4 Alternator K5 Starter Relay K10 Ignition Relay K20 Accessory Relay M1 Starter Motor S2 Battery Disconnect Switch V4 Alternator Excitation Diode W1 Frame Ground Near Starter Motor W2 Operator Station Floor Ground X20 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 17

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE4—SE6)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 18

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 2 A2 A6000 A6002 B20 B21 F4 F22 F71 K25 R5 S46 W1 X20 X41 X42 X49 X101 X102 X6014 X6015 X6016 Y15

Group 10: System Diagrams

Without JDLink ™ With JDLink ™ Engine Control Unit (ECU) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Start Aid Relay CAN Termination Resistor 1 Start Aid Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector Start Aid Solenoid

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 19

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE7—SE9)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 20

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A2 B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B23 B24 B60 B109 F21 K17 M17 W1 X41 X42 X50 X86 Y17 Y41 Y42 Y43 Y44

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Frame Ground Near Starter Motor ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Suction Control Valve Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 1) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 2) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 3) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 4)

Section 9015 page 21

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE13—SE15)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 22

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 A3 A74 B8 H1 R6 W2 X1 X4 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X21 X40

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (OC3) Fuel Level Sensor Monitor Alarm CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector

Section 9015 page 23

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE16—SE18)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 24

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 B6 B13 B14 H3 S5 S6 S8 S10 S11 S36 S37 S38 W1 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X48 X58 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Backup Alarm Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Differential Lock Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid

Section 9015 page 25

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE19—SE21)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 26

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 B9 B10 B12 B26 B44 S52 S54 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X52 X53 X57 X58 X68 X81 X82 Y20 Y21 Y29 Y30 Y50 Y51 Y52 Y53 Y56 Y58 Y59

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Seat Position Sensor Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch Pilot Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Control Harness 2-Pin Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2 Pilot Enable Solenoid Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2

Section 9015 page 27

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (S.N. —232969) (SE22—SE24)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 28

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33 X36

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Light Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Not Used

Section 9015 page 29

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (S.N. 235590— ) (SE22—SE24)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 30

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 E45 E46 E47 E48 K13 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33 X36

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake Light License Plate Light Left Rear Light Assembly Right Rear Light Assembly Left Tail Light Right Tail Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Light Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Not Used

Section 9015 page 31

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE25—SE27)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 32

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 B2 B3 F20 M9 M10 M11 M13 M14 M15 R10 R20 S9 S14 S42 V13 V19 W1 W2 X12 X13 X20 X46 X47 X66 Y19

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Air Conditioner Mode Switch Rear Wiper Enable Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid

Section 9015 page 33

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE28—SE30)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 34

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 E20 H40 M45 S12 S34 S35 S40 S45 V12 W1 W2 X9 X20 X21 X33 X34 X38 X39 X60 X62 X67 X123A X123B Y12 Y34 Y35

Group 10: System Diagrams

Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Dome Light Horn Air Seat Motor Return-to-Dig Switch Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Horn Switch Air Seat Switch Return-to-Dig Solenoid Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Left Power Port Right Power Port Side Console Option Connector Operator Station Option Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls) Return-to-Dig Solenoid Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid

System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Engine 4045HT096 →NOTE: SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit “SE1” indicates section number of system functional schematic where circuit is located. “Starting and Charging Circuit” indicates circuit name. SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit SE2—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE3—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE4—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Circuit SE5—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Circuit SE6—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE7—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE8—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE9—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE13—CAN/Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Circuit SE14—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE15—Service Advisor/Standard Display Monitor Circuit SE16—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE17—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE18—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE19—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE20—Pilot Enable Circuit SE21—Loader Coupler/Single Lever Loader Control with Auxiliary/ Selective Flow/Ride Control Circuit SE22 (S.N.—232969)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE22 (S.N 235590—)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 35

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

SE25—Blower Motor Circuit SE26—Air Conditioner Circuit SE27—Wiper/Washer Circuit SE28—Air Seat/Return-to-Dig Circuit SE29—Boom Lock/Sideshift Lock Circuit SE30—Power Port/Radio Circuit

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 36

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE1—SE3)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 37

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

LEGEND: F1 Main 250 A Fuse F11 Radio/Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F12 Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse F13 Optional Equipment Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F15 Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse F17 Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse F18 Radio 10 A Fuse F30 Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse F31 Return-to-Dig/Alternator Excitation 15 A Fuse F33 VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse F34 Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse F35 Transmission Control 5 A Fuse F42 Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse F43 Air Seat 15 A Fuse F44 Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse F45 Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. —232969) F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Rear Tail Light/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. 235590— ) G1 Battery 1 G2 Battery 2 G4 Alternator K5 Starter Relay K10 Ignition Relay K20 Accessory Relay M1 Starter Motor S2 Battery Disconnect Switch V4 Alternator Excitation Diode W1 Frame Ground Near Starter Motor W2 Operator Station Floor Ground X20 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 38

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE4—SE6)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 39

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 2 A2 A6000 A6002 B20 B21 F4 F22 F71 K25 R5 S46 W1 X10 X20 X49 X101 X102 X6014 X6015 X6016 Y15

Group 10: System Diagrams

Without JDLink ™ With JDLink ™ Engine Control Unit (ECU) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Start Aid Relay CAN Termination Resistor 1 Start Aid Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector Start Aid Solenoid

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 40

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE7—SE9)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 41

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A2 B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B60 B61 B109 F23 K26 R26 W1 X10 Y16

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch Air Filter Restriction Switch Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse Fuel Filter Heater Relay Fuel Filter Heater Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid

Section 9015 page 42

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE13—SE15)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 43

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 A3 A74 B8 H1 R6 W2 X1 X4 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X21 X40

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (OC3) Fuel Level Sensor Monitor Alarm CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector

Section 9015 page 44

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE16—SE18)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 45

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 B6 B13 B14 H3 S5 S6 S8 S10 S11 S36 S37 S38 W1 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X48 X58 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Backup Alarm Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Differential Lock Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid

Section 9015 page 46

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE19—SE21)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 47

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 B9 B10 B12 B26 B44 S52 S54 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X52 X53 X57 X58 X68 X81 X82 Y20 Y21 Y29 Y30 Y50 Y51 Y52 Y53 Y56 Y58 Y59

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Seat Position Sensor Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch Pilot Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Control Harness 2-Pin Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2 Pilot Enable Solenoid Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2

Section 9015 page 48

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (S.N. —232969) (SE22—SE24)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 49

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 50

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (S.N. 235590— ) (SE22—SE24)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 51

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 E45 E46 E47 E48 K13 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake Light License Plate Light Left Rear Light Assembly Right Rear Light Assembly Left Tail Light Right Tail Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 52

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE25—SE27)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 53

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 B2 B3 F20 M9 M10 M11 M13 M14 M15 R10 R20 S9 S14 S42 V13 V19 W1 W2 X12 X13 X20 X46 X47 X66 Y19

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Air Conditioner Mode Switch Rear Wiper Enable Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid

Section 9015 page 54

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic (SE28—SE30)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 55

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 E20 H40 M45 S12 S34 S35 S40 S45 V12 W1 W2 X9 X20 X21 X33 X34 X38 X39 X60 X62 X67 X123A X123B Y12 Y34 Y35

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Dome Light Horn Air Seat Motor Return-to-Dig Switch Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Horn Switch Air Seat Switch Return-to-Dig Solenoid Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Left Power Port Right Power Port Side Console Option Connector Operator Station Option Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls) Return-to-Dig Solenoid Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid

Section 9015 page 56

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Harness (W10) Component Location Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 57

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Harness (W10) Component Location (4045HT054 and 4045HT086)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 58

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A2 B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B23 B24 B60 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 M17 R5 V19 W1 W10 W39 X18 X20 X41 X42 X49 X50 X66 X86 X101 X102 Y15 Y17 Y19

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor Fuel Lift Pump CAN Termination Resistor 1 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Start Aid Solenoid Suction Control Valve (SCV) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid

Engine 4045TT096

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 59

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Harness (W10) Component Location (4045TT096)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 60

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A2 B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B60 B61 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 R5 R26 V19 W1 W10 W39 X18 X20 X49 X66 X101 Y15 Y16 Y19

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch (if equipped) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor CAN Termination Resistor 1 Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Start Aid Solenoid Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid

Section 9015 page 61

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 62

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (4045HT054 and 4045HT086)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 63

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B23 B24 B60 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 M17 R5 W1 X18 X20 X24 X41 X42 X49 X50 X66 X86 X101 X102 X630 X631 X632 X633 X634 X635 X636 X637 Y15 Y17

Group 10: System Diagrams

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor Fuel Lift Pump CAN Termination Resistor 1 Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Engine Load Center Power Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector G002 BLK Splice G040 BLK Splice M012 YEL Splice M013 LT GRN Splice P004 RED Splice P031 RED Splice R002 BLK Splice R054 BLK Splice Start Aid Solenoid Suction Control Valve (SCV)

Engine 4045TT096

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 64

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (4045TT096)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 65

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B60 B61 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 R5 R26 W1 X10 X18 X20 X24 X49 X66 X101 X640 X641 X642 X643 X644 X645 Y15 Y16

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch (if equipped) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor CAN Termination Resistor 1 Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) Frame Ground Near Starter Motor ECU Connector Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Engine Load Center Power Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector G040 BLK Splice M012 YEL Splice M013 LT GRN Splice P031 RED Splice R002 BLK Splice R051 BLK Splice Start Aid Solenoid Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid

Section 9015 page 66

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location

Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 67

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: B6 B8 B10 B12 B13 B14 B26 H3 W1 W13 X21 X67 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11 Y56

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Fuel Level Sensor Not Used Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Backup Alarm Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Transmission Harness Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid

Section 9015 page 68

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram

Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 69

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: B6 B8 B10 B12 B13 B14 B26 H3 W1 X21 X67 X685 X686 X687 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11 Y56

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Fuel Level Sensor Not Used Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Backup Alarm Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector G011 BLK Splice 1 R038 BLK Splice G011 BLK Splice 2 Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid

Section 9015 page 70

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Cab Harness (W14) Component Location

Cab Harness (W14) Component Location

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 71

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 A1 A3 A74 B9 B20 B21 B44 E20 H1 K10 K20 M9 M10 M11 M13 M14 M15 M45 R6 R10 R20 S5 S6 S8 S9 S10 S11 S14 S19 S26 S27 S30 S36 S37 S38 S40 S42 S45 S47 S54 V13 W2 W14 W40 X1 X3 X6 X9 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X21 X26 X33 X38 X39 X46 X47 X48 X52 X54 X58 X60

Group 10: System Diagrams

Single Lever Loader Auxiliary Control Lever Configuration Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Seat Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch Dome Light Monitor Alarm Ignition Relay Accessory Relay Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Air Seat Motor CAN Termination Resistor 2 Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Air Conditioner Mode Switch Differential Lock Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch (without single lever loader control) Rear Wiper Enable Switch Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Horn Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Air Seat Switch Beacon Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Operator’s Station Floor Ground Cab Harness Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Fuse and Relay Block Cab/Canopy Harness Battery Power Connector Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Left Power Port Right Power Port Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Side Console Option Connector

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 72

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

X62 X68 X81 X82

Group 10: System Diagrams

Operator’s Station Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Not Used Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 73

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 74

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 75

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 M13 S30 V13 X47 X48 X550

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Continued on Sheet 2 Front Wiper Motor Turn Signal Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector P035 RED Splice

Section 9015 page 76

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 77

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 2 3 B9 B20 M15 M45 S10 S26 S27 W2 X6 X20 X21 X33 X54 X58 X68 X81 X82 X548 X549 X551 X552 X553 X554 X555 X556 X557 X558 X559 X560 X561 X562 X563 X564 X565

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Continued on Sheet 1 Continued on Sheet 3 Continued on Sheet 3 Seat Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Front Washer Motor Air Seat Motor Differential Lock Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Cab/Canopy Harness Battery Power Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Not Used Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector R051 BLK Splice P051 RED Splice U110 RED Splice G001 BLK Splice 3 P013 RED Splice Sensor Return BLK Splice P034 RED Splice P031 RED Splice P001 RED Splice 2 T011 BLU Splice L055 BRN Splice G030 BLK Splice P055 RED Splice R055 BLK Splice G032 BLK Splice G031 BLK Splice G001 BLK Splice 1

Section 9015 page 78

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 79

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 2 3 4 5 B21 H1 M9 M10 R6 R10 R20 S9 S11 S19 S40 S42 S45 S47 X1 X3 X13 X14 X38 X39 X46 X60 X62 X566 X567 X568 X569 X570 X571 X572 X573 X574 X575 X576 X577 X578 X579 X580 X581 X582 X586 X587

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Continued on Sheet 2 Continued on Sheet 2 Continued on Sheet 4 Continued on Sheet 4 Engine Speed Control Dial Monitor Alarm Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor CAN Termination Resistor 2 Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Air Conditioner Mode Switch Not Used Drive Light High/Low Switch Horn Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Air Seat Switch Beacon Switch Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Fuse and Relay Block Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Left Power Port Right Power Port Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector Operator Station Option Connector R002 BLK Splice 4 M013 LT GRN Splice 4 M012 YEL Splice 4 L039 BRN Splice P001 RED Splice 1 P017 RED Splice M012 YEL Splice 1 M013 YEL Splice 1 R002 BLK Splice 1 P012 RED Splice P015 RED Splice P044 RED Splice A013 GRY Splice A310 GRY Splice R002 BLK Splice 2 M013 LT GRN Splice 2 M012 YEL Splice 2 P001 RED Splice 4 P047 RED Splice

Section 9015 page 80

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 81

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 4 5 E20 K10 K20 M14 S14 S54 X4 X9 X11 X12 X26 X40 X52 X583 X584 X585 X588 X589 X590 X591 X592 X593 X594 X595

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Continued on Sheet 3 Continued on Sheet 3 Dome Light Ignition Relay Accessory Relay Rear Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector R002 BLK Splice 3 M013 LT GRN Splice 3 M012 YEL Splice 3 P100 RED Splice P200 RED Splice P001 RED Splice 3 L048 BRN Splice L047 BRN Splice L044 BRN Splice P042 RED Splice L045 BRN Splice

Section 9015 page 82

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Roof Harness (W17) Component Location

Roof Harness (W17) Component Location LEGEND: E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E31 E32 E33 <- Go to Section TOC

Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Section 9015 page 83

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

E34 E35 E36 W3 W17 X26

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Roof Ground Roof Harness Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 84

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram

Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 85

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: E1 E2 E3 E1 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 W3 X26 X31 X32 X690 X691 X692 X693 X697 X698 X699 X700 X701 X702

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Roof Ground Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector L043 BRN Splice L040 BRN Splice G020 BLK Splice 1 L042 BRN Splice L044 BRN Splice L056 BRN Splice L057 BRN Splice L041 BRN Splice L055 BRN Splice G020 BLK Splice 2

Section 9015 page 86

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Radio Harness (W18) Component Location

Radio Harness (W18) Component Location LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 W18 X9

<- Go to Section TOC

Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Roof Harness Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 87

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Radio Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram

Radio Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 X9

<- Go to Section TOC

Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 88

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Component Location

Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Component Location LEGEND: B2 B3 W19 X46

<- Go to Section TOC

Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Heater and Air Conditioner Harness Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 89

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram

Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: B2 B3 X46

<- Go to Section TOC

Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 90

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Component Location

Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Component Location LEGEND: S50 S53 <- Go to Section TOC

Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Section 9015 page 91

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

S54 S58 W20 X25 X52 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Pattern Select Switch Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 92

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram

Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 93

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: S50 S53 S54 S58 X25 X52 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68 X730 X731 X732 X733 X734 X735 X736

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Selective Flow Control Foot Switch Pattern Select Switch Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector H001 GRN Splice H053 GRN Splice G031 BLK Splice P047 RED Splice H013 GRN Splice H014 GRN Splice H019 GRN Splice

Section 9015 page 94

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Component Location

Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Component Location LEGEND: S50 S53 S54 W21 <- Go to Section TOC

Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness Section 9015 page 95

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

X25 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 96

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram

Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 97

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: S50 S53 S54 X25 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68 X730 X731 X732 X733

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Selective Flow Control Foot Switch Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector H001 GRN Splice H053 GRN Splice G031 BLK Splice P047 RED Splice

Section 9015 page 98

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location

Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location LEGEND: K17 W22 X86

<- Go to Section TOC

Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Section 9015 page 99

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram

Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: K17 X86

<- Go to Section TOC

Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 100

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Component Location

Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Component Location LEGEND: S46 W24 X49

<- Go to Section TOC

Start Aid Switch Start Aid Switch Harness Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Section 9015 page 101

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram

Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: S46 X49

<- Go to Section TOC

Start Aid Switch Start Aid Switch Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 102

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location

Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location LEGEND: W27 X68 Y50 Y51

<- Go to Section TOC

Ride Control Solenoid Harness Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2

Section 9015 page 103

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram

Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X68 X705 X706 Y50 Y51

<- Go to Section TOC

Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector H050 GRN Splice G031 BLK Splice Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2

Section 9015 page 104

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location

Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location LEGEND: W28 X54 Y53 <- Go to Section TOC

Selective Flow Solenoid Harness Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Section 9015 page 105

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram

Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X54 Y53

<- Go to Section TOC

Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid

Section 9015 page 106

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location

Loader Auxiliary Control Harness (W29) Component Location LEGEND: W29 X82 Y20 Y21

<- Go to Section TOC

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid

Section 9015 page 107

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram

Loader Auxiliary Control Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X82 Y20 Y21

<- Go to Section TOC

Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid

Section 9015 page 108

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location

PIlot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location LEGEND: S52 W30 W31 X52 <- Go to Section TOC

Pilot Enable Switch Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness Pilot Enable Switch Harness Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Section 9015 page 109

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

X53 Y52 Y58 Y59

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Pilot Enable Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2

Section 9015 page 110

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram

Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X52 X53 X277 X278 <- Go to Section TOC

Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector G031 BLK Splice H058 GRN Splice Section 9015 page 111

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Y52 Y58 Y59

Group 10: System Diagrams

Pilot Enable Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2

Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location For Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location, see Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 112

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram

Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: S52 X53

<- Go to Section TOC

Pilot Enable Switch Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector

Section 9015 page 113

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Component Location

Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Component Location LEGEND: S12 W32 X67 Y12

<- Go to Section TOC

Return-to-Dig Switch Return-to-Dig Harness Return-to-Dig Harness-to-Transmission Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Solenoid

Section 9015 page 114

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram

Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: S12 X67 Y12

<- Go to Section TOC

Return-to-Dig Switch Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Solenoid

Section 9015 page 115

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location—(S.N. —232969)

Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location (S.N. —232969) LEGEND: S34 S35 W37 <- Go to Section TOC

Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Section 9015 page 116

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

X34 Y34 Y35

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid

Section 9015 page 117

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. —232969)

Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —232969) LEGEND: S34 S35 X34 Y34 Y35

<- Go to Section TOC

Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness-to-Cab Harness Connector Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid

Section 9015 page 118

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location—(S.N. —232969)

Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location (S.N. —232969) LEGEND: E23 <- Go to Section TOC

Left Backup Light Section 9015 page 119

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

E24 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 W38 X33 X34 X36

Group 10: System Diagrams

Right Backup Light Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Rear Frame Harness Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector

Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— )

Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location (S.N. 235590— ) LEGEND: 1 E41 E45 <- Go to Section TOC

Pilot Control Configuration License Plate Light Left Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Section 9015 page 120

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

E46 K13 S34 S35 W38 W42 X33 X36 X123A X123B Y34 Y35

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 10: System Diagrams

Right Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Rear Frame Harness Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (manual controls only) Rear Frame Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls only) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls only) Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid

Section 9015 page 121

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. —232969)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 122

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —232969)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 123

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: E23 E24 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 X33 X34 X36 X725 X726 X727 X728 X729

Group 10: System Diagrams

Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector G031 BLK Splice G033 BLK Splice L017 BRN Splice L046 BRN Splice L055 BRN Splice

Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— )

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 124

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 235590— )

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 125

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: E41 E45 E46 K13 S34 S35 X33 X36 X123A X123B X723 X724 X725 X726 X727 X728 Y34 Y35

Group 10: System Diagrams

License Plate Light Left Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Right Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Rear Frame Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls) P047 RED Splice L155 BRN Splice G031 BLK Splice G033 BLK Splice L017 BRN Splice L046 BRN Splice Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid

Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Component Location For Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Component Location see Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015—10.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 126

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram

Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: V19 X66 X975 X976 Y19

Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector G040 BLK Splice A019 GRY Splice Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid

Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Component Location For blower mode door motor harness (W40) component location, see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 127

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram

Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: M11 X47

Blower Mode Door Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector

Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— ) For Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— ) see Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 128

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— )

Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— ) LEGEND: S34 S35 X123A X123B

<- Go to Section TOC

Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B

Section 9015 page 129

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location

Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 130

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A6000 A6001 A6002 A6003 F71 G1 W6002 W6003 X101 X102 X120 X6014 X6015 X6016

Group 10: System Diagrams

Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit GPS/Cellular Antenna Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Satellite (SAT) Antenna JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Battery 1 Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness Satellite (SAT) Harness Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 2 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 131

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 10: System Diagrams

Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram

Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 132

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: F71 G1 R5 X101 X102 X120 X615 X616 X617 X618 X619 X6014 X6016 X6020 X6021 X6022 X6023

Group 10: System Diagrams

JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Battery 1 CAN Termination Resistor 1 Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 2 Connector R002 BLK Splice M013 GRN Splice M012 YEL Splice G071 BLK Splice P013 RED Splice Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used

Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Component Location For satellite (SAT) harness (W6003) component location, see Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 133

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram

Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X6015 X6016

Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 134

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Group 15 - Sub-System Diagnostics Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation—Engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 135

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Start and Charge Circuit Schematic (4045HT054, 4045HT086)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 136

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 A2 A3 A74 B19 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F21 F22 F30 F31 F33 G1 G2 G4 K5 K10 K17 K25 M1 M17 S2 S46 W1 W2 X4 X11 X20 X40 X41 X42 X49 X86 Y15

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Crankshaft Position Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Starter Relay Ignition Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Start Aid Relay Starter Motor Fuel Lift Pump Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Start Aid Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Start Aid Solenoid

Unswitched power is supplied to the following components: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse [F17]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU Unswitched Power 40 A Fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Starter Motor (M1) Fuel Lift Pump Relay (K17) (from fuel lift pump 15 A fuse [F21]) Ignition (Switched) Power ON Engine start switch is located on sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). When engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from terminal 3 of SSM to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows through ignition relay to vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), powering up VCU. For more information on VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Switched power is also provided to engine control unit (ECU) (A2) and standard display monitor (SDM) (A3). For power-up information on ECU and SDM, see the theory of operation of specific component: For more information on ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation (Group 9015-15.) For more information on SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When powered up, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to VCU stating engine start switch has been pressed. VCU acknowledges by sending a message back to SSM, causing ignition (switched) power status light emitting diode LED to illuminate. For more information on CAN circuit, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 137

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Security System Upon ignition power-up, VCU sends a request across CAN data line to ECU to check lock/unlock status of ECU. If ECU indicates it is locked, then VCU enables security if not already enabled. If a valid PIN is not entered within 5 minutes after ignition power-up, VCU turns off ignition (switched) power. When proper PIN is entered, VCU sends an unlock request to ECU. ECU saves unlocked state in nonvolatile memory, acknowledges unlock request, and allows engine to start (and run) until ignition (switched) power is turned off using engine stop switch on SSM. When a PIN is required to start engine and security configuration menu is not set to LOCK AT SHUTDOWN, engine can be restarted without re-entering the PIN if the engine is started within 5 or 60 minutes (depending on setting) of stopping engine. If ignition is powered up, but engine is not started for 60 minutes after turning on ignition (switched) power, VCU removes ignition (switched) power. If ECU indicates it is unlocked and security is not enabled, pressing the engine start switch again starts engine. Engine Start When engine start switch is pressed a second time and held down, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to request VCU to begin start process. When VCU receives start request and determines message from CAN is valid. VCU then forwards engine start request to ECU. VCU also sends a message back to SSM, causing engine crank status LED to illuminate. Engine crank status LED is only illuminated when engine start switch is held down. →NOTE: VCU uses the following engine speed thresholds to determine if engine is running or not running: 300 rpm or less—Not running 600 rpm or more—Running To determine engine speed, VCU uses crankshaft position sensor (B19) information from ECU. To prevent overheating starter motor, ECU is equipped with a timer that affects engine cranking. Timer consists of both a 30second timer that is active during engine cranking and a 60-second timer that becomes active after each crank cycle. When ECU receives start signal from VCU, ECU checks status of 60-second timer. It also checks for a signal from crankshaft position sensor (B19) representing engine speed. If engine speed is less than 300 rpm and 60-second timer is not active, current is provided at pin K4 of ECU connector (X42) to coil of starter relay (K5), energizing the relay. With start relay energized, unswitched battery current flows to starter motor solenoid, activating starter motor (M1). At the same time, ECU activates 30-second timer. If engine start switch is held down for more than 30 seconds, ECU interrupts current flow to coil of start relay, which automatically stops cranking of engine. As starter motor cranks engine, crankshaft position sensor (B19) provides a signal representing engine speed to pins D4 and B4 of ECU connector (X41). The ECU uses this signal to verify that crankshaft is turning. ECU then sends a signal from pin M3 of ECU connector (X42) energizing fuel lift pump relay (K17) and allowing current to flow to fuel lift pump (M17). This provides pressurized fuel to electronic fuel injectors. At the same time, ECU allows current to flow to electronic fuel injectors to start fuel injection process and thus, start the engine. For more information on the ECU, fuel lift pump, and electronic fuel injectors, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When ECU detects engine speed is equal to or greater than 600 rpm, it interrupts current flow to coil of starter relay, automatically stopping cranking of engine. It does this even if engine start switch is still held down (VCU still sends start request to ECU). If engine start switch is pressed and held while 60-second timer is active, ECU prevents current from flowing to the coil of starter relay. Starter cannot be activated until 60 seconds elapses. Engine Stop Once engine stop switch has been pressed, SSM sends a message across CAN to VCU requesting to begin engine shutdown process. VCU then returns a message commanding SSM to turn off left LED on start switch. →NOTE: If SSM stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM removes ignition relay output regardless of VCU command.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 138

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

VCU also observes vehicle speed via transmission speed sensor (B14). If it is determined that vehicle speed is invalid or greater than 0.5 km/h and current gear is not set to neutral, VCU sets current gear to neutral, set a park brake apply timer to 15 seconds and sound an audible alarm. A pop-up appears on SDM showing PARK BRAKE APPLY timer and decrements for 15 seconds. Once timer expires or vehicle speed becomes 0.5 km/h or less VCU sends a shutdown request to SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power. If it is determined that vehicle speed is less than 0.5 km/h and engine stop switch has been pressed. VCU also checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to remove power from ignition (switched) power relay. Cold Start Aid Ether injection is provided as an optional cold start aid for cold weather start-ups. When ignition is in ON or START position (1 or 2 LEDs illuminated on SSM start button) and momentary start aid switch (S46) is pressedd, start aid relay (K25) is energized allowing current to flow through start aid 15 A fuse (F22) to start aid solenoid (Y15). Therefore energizing solenoid and injecting ether into intake manifold. Charge Circuit Alternator (G4) provides power to all machine circuits and charges batteries when engine is running. Terminal B+ of alternator is connected to battery positive (+) terminal at all times. When engine is running, current flows from ignition relay (K10) through alternator excitation/return-to-dig 15 A fuse and alternator excitation diode (V4) to D+ terminal of alternator. Current then flows through alternator field windings, causing excitation of windings. For more information, see Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Battery voltage at pin A of SDM 16-pin connector (X4) is used to display battery voltage. When VCU detects system voltage less than 11.7 volts or greater than 15.5 volts for 5 seconds when engine is running, VCU sends a message across CAN data line to SDM, causing engine alternator voltage indicator to appear.

Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation—Engine 4045TT096

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 139

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation (4045TT096)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 140

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 A2 A3 A74 B19 B61 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F22 F23 F30 F31 F33 G1 G2 G4 H1 K5 K10 K25 K26 M1 R26 S2 S46 V4 W1 W2 X4 X10 X11 X13 X20 X40 X49 Y15 Y16

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Crankshaft Position Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch (if equipped) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse (if equipped) Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Monitor Alarm Starter Relay Ignition Relay Start Aid Relay Fuel Filter Heater Relay (if equipped) Starter Motor Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Start Aid Switch Alternator Excitation Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Start Aid Solenoid Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid

Unswitched power is supplied to the following components: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse [F17]) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) (from monitor unswitched power 5 A fuse [F15]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU unswitched power 40 A fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Starter Motor (M1) Ignition (Switched) Power ON Engine start switch is located on sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). When engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from terminal 3 of SSM to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows through ignition relay to vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), powering up VCU. For more information on VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Switched power is also provided to engine control unit (ECU) (A2) and standard display monitor (SDM) (A3). For power-up information on ECU and SDM, see theory of operation of specific component: For more information on ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation (Group 9015-15.) For more information on SDM, Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When powered up, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to VCU stating that engine start switch has been pressed. VCU acknowledges by sending a message back to SSM, causing ignition (switched) power status light emitting <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 141

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

diode (LED) to illuminate. For more information on CAN circuit, Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Security System Upon ignition power-up, VCU sends a request across CAN data line to ECU to check lock/unlock status of ECU. If ECU indicates that it is locked, then VCU enables security if not already enabled. If a valid PIN is not entered within 5 minutes after ignition power-up, VCU remove ignition (switched) power. When proper PIN is entered, VCU sends an unlock request to ECU. ECU saves unlocked state in nonvolatile memory, acknowledges unlock request, and allows engine to start (and run) until ignition (switched) power is removed using engine stop switch on SSM. When a PIN is required to start engine and security configuration menu is not set to LOCK AT SHUTDOWN, engine can be restarted without re-entering PIN if engine is started within 5 or 60 minutes (depending on setting) of stopping engine. If ignition is powered up, but engine is not started for 60 minutes after turning on ignition (switched) power, VCU removes ignition (switched) power. If ECU indicates it is unlocked and security is not enabled, then pressing engine start switch again starts engine. Engine Start When engine start switch is pressed a second time and held down, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to request VCU to begin start process. When VCU receives start request and determines message from CAN is valid. VCU then forwards engine start request to ECU. VCU also sends a message back to SSM, causing engine crank status LED to illuminate. Engine crank status LED is only illuminated when engine start switch is held down. →NOTE: VCU uses the following engine speed thresholds to determine if engine is running or not running: 300 rpm or less—Not running 600 rpm or more—Running To determine engine speed, VCU uses crankshaft position sensor (B19) information from ECU. To prevent overheating starter motor, VCU is equipped with a timer that affects engine cranking. Timer consists of both a 30second timer that is active during engine cranking and a 60-second timer that becomes active after each crank cycle. When VCU receives start signal from SSM, it checks status of 60-second timer. It also checks ECU for a signal from crankshaft position sensor (B19) representing engine speed. If engine speed is less than 300 rpm and 60-second timer is not active, current is provided at pin 7 of VCU connector (X10) to coil of starter relay (K5), energizing the relay. With starter relay energized, unswitched battery current flows to starter motor solenoid, activating starter motor (M1). At the same time, VCU activates 30-second timer. If engine start switch is held down for more than 30 seconds, VCU interrupts current flow to coil of starter relay, which automatically stops cranking of engine. As starter motor cranks engine, crankshaft position sensor (B19) provides a signal representing engine speed to pins D2 and B2 of ECU connector (X10). n The ECU uses this signal to verify that crankshaft is turning. ECU then sends a signal from pin K2 of ECU connector (X10) energizing fuel injection pump solenoid (Y16) and allowing fuel to flow to cylinders. For more information on ECU see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When VCU receives a message from ECU indicating engine speed is equal to or greater than 600 rpm, VCU interrupts current flow to coil of starter relay, automatically stopping cranking of engine. It does this even if engine start switch is still held down. If engine start switch is pressed and held while the 60-second timer is active, VCU prevents current from flowing to coil of starter relay. Starter cannot be activated until the 60 seconds elapses. Engine Stop Once engine stop switch has been pressed, SSM sends a message across CAN to VCU requesting to begin engine shutdown process. VCU then returns a message commanding SSM to turn off the left LED on start switch. →NOTE: If SSM stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM removes ignition relay output regardless of VCU command. VCU also observes vehicle speed via transmission speed sensor. If it is determined that vehicle speed is invalid or greater than <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 142

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

0.5 km/h and current gear is not set to neutral, VCU sets current gear to neutral, sets a park brake apply timer to 15 seconds and sounds an audible alarm. A pop-up appears on SDM showing PARK BRAKE APPLY timer and decrements for 15 seconds. Once timer expires or vehicle speed becomes 0.5 km/h or less, VCU sends a shutdown request to SSM to remove ignition power. VCU also checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to turn off the ignition (switched) power relay. Cold Start Aid Ether injection is provided as an optional cold start aid for cold weather start-ups. When start switch is pressed (1 or 2 lights illuminated on SSM start switch) and momentary start aid switch (S46) is pressed, start aid relay (K25) is energized allowing current to flow through start aid 15 A fuse (F22) to start aid solenoid (Y15). Energizing the solenoid and injecting ether into intake manifold. Charge Circuit Alternator (G4) provides power to all machine circuits and charges batteries when engine is running. terminal B+ of alternator is connected to battery positive (+) terminal at all times. When the engine is running, current flows from ignition relay (K10) through alternator excitation/return-to-dig 15 A fuse (F31) and alternator excitation diode (V4) to D+ terminal of alternator. Current then flows through alternator field windings, causing excitation of windings. For more information, see Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Battery voltage at pin A of SDM 16-pin connector (X4) is also used to display battery voltage. When VCU detects system voltage less than 11.7 volts or greater than 15.5 volts for 5 seconds when engine is running, VCU sends a message across CAN data line to SDM, causing the engine alternator voltage indicator to appear.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 143

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 144

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 145

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 A6000 F12 R5 R6 W2 W10 W14 W15 W6002 X1 X4 X11 X20 X40 X42 X102 X6014

<- Go to Section TOC

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Unswitched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse CAN Termination Resistor 1 CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (if equipped) Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector

Section 9015 page 146

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit (engine 4045TT096)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 147

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 A6000 F12 R5 R6 W2 W10 W14 W15 W6002 X1 X4 X10 X11 X20 X40 X102 X6014

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Unswitched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse CAN Termination Resistor 1 CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (if equipped) Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector

This machine utilizes a controller area network (CAN) on which devices communicate. The vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), engine control unit (ECU) (A2), standard display monitor (SDM) (A3), and sealed switch module (SSM) (A74) are connected to the CAN. Operations and functions of these individual devices are covered separately. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For the JDLink ™ MTG, see System Overview in JDLink™ (MTG) Diagnosis and Test Manual. (TM114519.) The devices on the CAN network are communicating at a high-speed frequency, which makes the networks susceptible to interference caused by many electrical sources. The devices on the CAN are connected via three wires weaved together called a twisted triple. The twisted triple consists of a high-voltage signal wire, a low-voltage signal wire, and a ground wire. This method reduces interference and helps the devices communicate with minimal errors. CAN termination resistors R5 and R6 are 120 ohm resistors that are connected on opposite ends of the network to avoid signal errors. The Service ADVISOR ™ diagnostic connector (X1) is provided for machine diagnostic purposes. Additionally, some messages can be viewed on-board using the standard display monitor (SDM). For connection information, see Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 148

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic—Engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 149

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (4045HT054, 4045HT086)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 150

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 2 3 A2 A74 B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B23 B24 B60 B109 F4 F21 F31 K5 K17 M17 W1 W10 W14 W15 W22 X20 X40 X41 X42 X50 X86 Y17 Y41 Y42 Y43 Y44

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Switched Battery Power Unswitched Battery Power Controller Area Network (CAN) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse Starter Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Suction Control Valve (SCV) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 1) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 2) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 3) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 4)

Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) ECU utilizes information received from various sensors to determine the correct amount of fuel and injection timing based on load, temperatures, and operator input. Some data calculated by ECU is transmitted across controller area network (CAN) system to vehicle control unit (VCU). VCU forwards much of the information across CAN system to standard display monitor (SDM) where it is displayed on appropriate screen. For more information concerning CAN system, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For more information concerning CAN system, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For information concerning VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For information concerning SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ECU also detects malfunctions in sensors and sensor circuits, or abnormal operating conditions. When this happens, ECU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes . (Group 9001-20.) Whenever an engine DTC occurs, information is captured or recorded. Information generated is called a Snapshot. Snapshot information is categorized in two types: Snapshot Capture and Snapshot Recording. For more information, see Snapshot Instructions . (CTM502.) ECU contains a barometric air pressure sensor that is located inside the ECU. This sensor is used to determine pressure of ambient air at the mounting location of ECU. Barometric air pressure sensor helps ECU determine air density for calculating correct air/fuel ratio. This sensor cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing ECU. ECU also contains a temperature sensor that is located inside ECU. This sensor is used to determine internal temperature of ECU. If ECU temperature exceeds specification, ECU limits speed of engine in an attempt to protect it from permanent damage. This sensor cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing ECU. Ground is provided at pins L2, L3, and M2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 151

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Unswitched battery power is available at pins L1, L4, M1, and M4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42), through fuse (F4). When engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) to coil of ignition relay and to pin B2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42), causing ECU to power up. Engine Speed Control Operator controls engine speed with an engine speed control pedal, an engine speed control dial, or a combination of both. When operator is facing forward (loader position), operator primarily uses engine speed control pedal to control engine speed. When operator is facing rear (backhoe position), operator primarily uses engine speed control dial to control engine speed. Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20): ECU observes desired engine speed from engine speed control pedal (B20) based on engine speed control pedal position. ECU supplies 5 volts from pin A3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) and a ground reference from pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Engine speed control pedal sends an analog signal representing pedal position to pin A4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly Engine Speed Control Dial (B21): ECU observes desired engine speed from engine speed control dial (B21) based on engine speed control dial position. Engine speed control dial is a potentiometer that receives 5 volts from pin A3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) and a ground reference from pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Turning engine speed control dial varies amount of voltage sent to pin F3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly. At engine start, regardless of current engine speed control dial position, ECU does not allow engine speed control dial to control engine speed until it receives input from VCU. VCU sends a CAN message to ECU to either disable engine speed control dial or enable engine speed control dial based on certain conditions. For more information, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Turbocharger Cool Down The turbocharger cool down feature allows the turbo to cool before the engine is shutdown. When engine stop switch is pressed VCU checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. →NOTE: If SSM engine stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM turns off ignition relay output even if turbocharger cool down is required. If engine is shutdown before turbocharger cool down timer reaches zero a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is set. Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (B11) ECU supplies a 5 volt reference voltage and ground to fuel rail pressure sensor at pins E2 and D3 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Fuel rail pressure sensor sends an analog signal representing fuel rail pressure to pin E3 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU utiilzes this signal to monitor high pressure side of fuel system and apply derate conditions when needed. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, ECU derates engine to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power when fuel rail pressure is in range. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (B15) ECU observes resistance from engine coolant temperature sensor at pins D2 and C4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits engine coolant temperature information across CAN system to vehicle control unit (VCU). VCU relays the message to standard display monitor (SDM) so SDM can determine position of needle on engine coolant temperature gauge and moves it accordingly. It also activates a warning indicator when coolant temperature becomes too high. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) . (Operator′s Manual.) Engine coolant temperature can also be displayed in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) ECU utilizes signal from engine coolant temperature sensor to monitor coolant temperature and apply derate conditions when <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 152

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

needed. If engine coolant temperature reaches 111°C (232°F), ECU derates engine 5% per minute to 80% of full power. If coolant temperature reaches 113°C (236°F), ECU derates engine 20% per minute to 40% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 5% per minute) when engine coolant temperature drops below derate threshold temperature. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, a default temperature of 90°C (194°F) is utilized. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Fuel Temperature Sensor (B17) ECU observes resistance from fuel temperature sensor at pins D2 and F4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits fuel temperature information across CAN system to VCU so it can be displayed in SDM service menu. ECU monitors signal from fuel temperature sensor (B17) to apply derate conditions when needed. If ECU observes fuel temperature above 100°C (220°F), ECU derated engine 5% per minute up to 80% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 5% per minute) when fuel temperature drops below derate threshold temperature. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, a default temperature of 40°C (104°F) is utilized. High fuel temperature engine protection is disabled. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor (B18) ECU observes resistance from MAT sensor at pins C2 and D2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits MAT sensor information across CAN system to VCU so it can be displayed in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) If ECU observes a manifold air temperature above 89°C (192°F), ECU derates engine 5% per minute up to 80% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 5% per minute) when manifold air temperature falls below derate temperature. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature . (CTM502.) For more information on MAT sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Crankshaft Position Sensor (B19) ECU detects signal from crankshaft position sensor at pins B4 and D4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU determines when number 1 cylinder is at top dead center. ECU also calculates engine (crankshaft) speed and sends this information across CAN system to VCU. VCU then forwards this information to SDM to be displayed as engine rpm. If ECU detects an invalid signal (“noisy,” invalid pattern, or missing pulse) from crankshaft position sensor, ECU derates engine 20% per minute up to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at the rate of 20% per minute) when ECU detects a valid crankshaft position sensor signal. For information on how speed sensors operate, see Measuring Speed . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Camshaft Position Sensor (B24) ECU detects signal from camshaft position sensor at pins A4 and E4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU determines which cylinder is approaching top dead center. For information on how speed sensors operate, see Measuring Speed . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (B23) ECU supplies a 5-volt reference voltage and ground to engine oil pressure sensor at pins F3 and D2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Engine oil pressure sensor sends an analog signal representing engine oil pressure to pin A3 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits engine oil pressure information across CAN system to SDM. The SDM utilizes this information to determine the position of the needle on the engine oil pressure gauge and moves the needle accordingly. It also activates a warning indicator when oil pressure is too low. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) . (Operator′s Manual.) The engine oil pressure can also be displayed in monitor service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 153

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

ECU monitors engine oil pressure using engine oil pressure sensor (B23) and applies derate conditions when needed. If oil pressure is below threshold pressure, ECU derates engine. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, a default pressure of 500 kPa (5 bar) (72.5 psi) is utilized. Low oil pressure engine protection is disabled. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Water-In-Fuel (WIF) Sensor (B60) Water-in-fuel sensor measures amount of resistance of fluid in water separator bowl. Since water is a better conductor of electricity than fuel, and, if water is present in separator bowl, ECU observes a resistance drop between pins B2 and D2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). If ECU observes low resistance, indicating water in fuel, ECU derates engine 20% per minute up to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 20% per minute) when water is no longer dectected in fuel. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Starter Relay (K5) When engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is pressed once to turn on ignition (switched) power, SSM sends current out pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) to pin B2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42), causing ECU to power up. When engine start switch is pressed a second time and held down, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to request VCU to begin start process. If VCU determines all conditions are met for engine start, VCU forwards a message to ECU which then applies power to starter relay (K5) from pin K4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). For more information on starting and charging, see Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel Lift Pump Relay (K17) When engine start switch is pressed once to turn on ignition (switched) power, sealed switch module (SSM) sends current out SSM pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) to pin B2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). When this signal is detected, ECU sends current from pin M3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) to coil of fuel lift pump relay, energizing the relay. The energized fuel lift pump relay allows current to flow from fuse (F21) to fuel lift pump (M17), activating pump and providing fuel from fuel tank to highpressure fuel pump. ECU energizes the relay for 60 seconds to prime fuel system if ignition is on and engine is not running. ECU keeps relay energized while engine is running. For more information on fuel system, see Fuel System Operation . (CTM502.) Suction Control Valve (SCV) (Y17) Suction control valve (SCV) (Y17) regulates delivery of fuel to high-pressure common rail (HPCR). ECU sends a signal out pins H1 and H2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41) to SCV. When the SCV is energized, fuel is allowed to discharge from fuel outlet on high-pressure fuel pump to HPCR. For more information, see High Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502.) For more information on high-pressure common rail (HCPR), see High Pressure Common Rail (HPCR) Operation . (CTM502.) Electronic Fuel Injectors (Y41—Y44) ECU controls injection timing and amount of fuel injected by energizing and de-energizing electronic injectors (Y41—Y44). For more information on the electronic injectors, see Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502.)

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic—Engine 4045TT096

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 154

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (4045TT096)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 155

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 2 3 A2 A74 B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B60 B109 F4 F31 K5 W1 W10 W14 W15 X10 X20 X40 Y16

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Switched Battery Power Unswitched Battery Power Controller Area Network (CAN) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse Starter Relay Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid

Engine control unit (ECU) (A2) utilizes information received from various sensors to determine correct amount of fuel and injection timing based on load, temperatures, and operator input. Some data calculated by ECU is transmitted across controller area network (CAN) to other controllers. For more information on controller area network, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ECU also detects malfunctions in sensors and sensor circuits, as well as abnormal operating conditions. When this happens, ECU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). Crankshaft Position Sensor (B19) ECU detects signal from crankshaft position sensor (B19) at pins D2 and B2. ECU determines when number 1 cylinder is at top dead center. ECU also calculates engine (crankshaft) speed and sends this information across CAN to SDM where it appears as engine RPM. Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (B15) ECU senses resistance from engine coolant temperature sensor (B15) at pins B1 and D3. SDM displays this temperature on engine coolant temperature gauge. ECU monitors signal from engine coolant temperature sensor (B15) to apply engine derate conditions when needed. If engine coolant temperature reaches 113°C (235°F), ECU derates fuel by 2% per minute up to 20%. If coolant temperature drops below this derate threshold temperature, ECU increases fuel delivery by the same rate until full power is restored. Fuel Temperature Sensor (B17) Fuel temperature sensor (B17) is a variable-resistance temperature sensor. ECU senses resistance from a fuel temperature sensor at pins C3 and D3. ECU transmits fuel temperature information across CAN. ECU monitors signal from fuel temperature sensor (B17) to apply engine derate conditions when needed. If ECU senses fuel temperature above 120°C (248°F), ECU derates fuel 2% per minute up to 20%. If fuel temperature falls below derate temperature, ECU increases fuel delivery 2% per minute until full power is restored. Water In Fuel (WIF) Sensor (B60) WIF sensor measures amount of resistance of fluid in water separator bowl. Since water is a better conductor of electricity than fuel, and, if water is present in separator bowl, ECU senses a resistance drop between pins F2 and D3 of ECU connector (X10). If ECU senses low resistance, indicating water in fuel, ECU derates engine 20% per minute up to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 20% per minute) when water is no longer detected in fuel. Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid (Y16) Fuel injection pump solenoid (Y16), located on the end of injection pump, controls movement of pump control valve. ECU applies an electrical signal from pins A3 and K2 to the solenoid. When ECU supplies no current to solenoid, valve does not move. Thus, injection pump delivers no fuel. When ECU supplies current to the solenoid, pump control valve closes off high pressure injection chamber, that allows fuel in the chamber to reach injection pressure. ECU determines quantity of fuel based <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 156

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

on sensor inputs. Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor (B18) Manifold air temperature sensor (B18) is a variable-resistance temperature sensor. ECU senses resistance at pins D1 and D3. The ECU transmits MAT sensor information across CAN system to VCU so it can be displayed in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Engine Speed Control Operator controls engine speed with an engine speed control pedal, an engine speed control dial, or a combination of both. When operator is facing forward (loader position), operator primarily uses engine speed control pedal to control engine speed. When operator is facing rear (backhoe position), operator primarily uses engine speed control dial to control engine speed. Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20): ECU senses desired engine speed from engine speed control pedal position sensor (B20) based on engine speed control pedal position. ECU supplies a 5-volt reference voltage and ground to engine speed control pedal position sensor at pins E2 and D3 of ECU connector (X10). engine speed control pedal position sensor sends an analog signal representing pedal position to pin F3 of ECU connector (X10). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly Engine Speed Control Dial (B21): ECU senses desired engine speed from engine speed control dial (B21) based on engine speed control dial position. Engine speed control dial is a potentiometer that receives 5 volts from pin E2 of ECU connector (X10) and a ground reference from pin D3 of ECU connector (X10). Turning engine speed control dial varies the amount of voltage sent to pin B3 of ECU connector (X10). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly. At engine start, regardless of current engine speed control dial position, ECU does not allow engine speed control dial to control engine speed until it receives input from VCU. VCU sends a CAN message to ECU to either disable engine speed control dial or enable engine speed control dial based on certain conditions. For more information, See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Turbocharger Cool Down The turbocharger cool down feature allows the turbo to cool before the engine is shutdown. When engine stop switch is pressed VCU checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. →NOTE: If SSM engine stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM turns off ignition relay output even if turbocharger cool down is required. If engine is shutdown before turbocharger cool down timer reaches zero a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is set.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 157

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation—Engines 4045T054, 4045HT086

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 158

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Schematic—Power and Ground (4045HT054, 4045HT086)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 159

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F30 F31 F33 F35 G1 G2 G4 K5 K10 M1 S2 S5 S6 V4 W1 W2 W4 W10 W14 W15 X4 X11 X12 X14 X20 X40 X41 X42 X48

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Controller Area Network (CAN) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Starter Relay Ignition Relay Starter Motor Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Alternator Excitation Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Battery Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector

Vehicle control unit (VCU) acts in conjunction with other electrical components to provide electrical function to the machine. Major functions VCU controls include: hydraulic system, transmission control, wiper and washer circuits, and horn, lights and beacons circuits. VCU provides power and ground to these functions and sends and receives signals based on performance. Operator activates many of these functions using sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). SSM is a device that receives operator input through momentary switches. SSM transmits switch selection across controller area network (CAN) to VCU. VCU sends and receives CAN messages at pins A1 and B1 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to communicate with other controllers. For more information on CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU interprets CAN signals and determines if input is valid or not. If input is not valid for machine options available or machine state, input is ignored. If input is valid, appropriate function is activated. SSM then receives confirmation that function is activated and causes appropriate light emitting diode (LED) on switch button to illuminate indicating function has been activated. VCU collects feedback from various sensors and communicates information with other controllers to display to operator. VCU communicates much information to standard display monitor (SDM) (A3), where information is displayed. For more information about SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU contains digital on/off driver outputs controlled based on inputs from sensors and other controllers on machine. VCU driver output functions include: Ignition and Accessory Relay Operation Backup Alarm Operation Park Brake Transmission Speed and Direction Operation Selective Flow Control Operation <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 160

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Loader Coupler Operation Window Washer Pump Operation Front And Rear Wiper Operation Lights Operation Hazard Warning Signals Differential Lock Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Return To Dig Operation For more information on individual driver outputs: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU also provides diagnostics in form of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) for systems it controls. For more information about vehicle control unit DTCs, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes . (Group 9001-40.) Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) conditions. Open Circuit—An open circuit condition is detected whenever output driver does not pull down as expected when turned on. When output is turned on, software continues to drive output so a technician can check voltage. Short to Power—A short to power is detected whenever output is off and feedback circuit detects current. High Current or Short to Ground—Detection of a high current condition occurs whenever output is turned on and driver detects an overload or over temperature condition. When high current condition has been detected, output turns off and only resets when function or engine start switch is cycled on/off. →NOTE: When output is turned off because of a high current condition, status LED of corresponding function on SSM shows function is still on. For all driver outputs: An open circuit and a short to power look the same. A short to ground and an overloaded circuit look the same. When VCU detects a DTC, condition must be corrected and function cycled before DTC can be cleared. If first DTC for function is not cleared before another DTC condition occurs, function may have two DTCs, where one DTC is not valid. (Example: Pin Disconnect Open Circuit and Pin Disconnect High Current DTCs are displayed at the same time.) VCU Power-Up (Power and Ground) Unswitched power is supplied to following components: Starter Motor (M1) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from SSM unswitched power 7.5 A fuse [F17]) VCU receives unswitched battery power from main 250 A fuse (F1) at pin 1 of VCU connector 4 (X14) and from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) at pin L1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). VCU ground is provided at pins 3 and 4 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and at pin J1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When engine start switch on SSM is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of SSM, to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows to VCU at pin M1 connector 1 (X11), providing switched power to VCU. At the same time, switched battery power becomes available at following components: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) (from monitor switched power 5 A fuse [F30]) Forward, Neutral Reverse (FNR) Switch (S5) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Gear Select Switch (S6) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) (from alternator excitation diode [V4])

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 161

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

→NOTE: If a new vehicle control unit (VCU) is installed, VCU software for specific machine requires downloading from software delivery system (SDS) to load correct vehicle identification. When VCU software download is completed, switched (ignition) power must be cycled twice for ECU to acquire correct vehicle identification. When control units are powered up, VCU requests vehicle and model information from engine control unit (ECU). VCU then stores vehicle identification in memory and uses saved version upon each power-up. Auto Shutdown This feature allows VCU to automatically turn off ignition power and stop engine if machine has been operating at slow idle for 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, or 45 minutes (depending on setting). Time duration is selectable by accessing SETUP / AUTOSHUTDOWN menu in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) The following conditions are required for activation of auto shutdown: Engine speed less than 910 rpm. Engine coolant temperature is greater than or equal to 58°C (136° F). SSM start button is not pressed. Transmission is in neutral. When engine has been operating at slow idle for a set amount of time (2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, or 45 minutes), VCU starts a countdown on auto shutdown timer. When 30 seconds remains on auto shutdown timer, monitor alarm beeps once and a pop-up displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN 30 PRESS START TO ABORT on SDM, indicating machine is about to shutdown. As long as engine speed stays below 910 rpm and all other auto shutdown parameters are met, auto shutdown timer continues to count down. When timer reaches 0, VCU broadcasts a message across CAN to communicate with SSM and ECU, turning off switched power and stopping engine. Temporarily increasing engine speed or activating a hydraulic function resets auto shutdown timer. For more information on ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Economy Mode This feature is provided to reduce fuel consumption and increase machine productivity. →NOTE: Economy mode can only be enabled through service mode menu in monitor. For more information on monitor service menu, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) When enabled via standard display monitor (SDM), VCU sends a request across CAN to ECU for limiting maximum engine speed while in backhoe operation mode and a different limit when in loader operation mode: When in backhoe operation mode, maximum engine speed is limited to 2000 rpm. When in loader operation mode and current transmission gear is N, 1 or 2, maximum engine speed is limited to 2100 rpm. When in loader operation mode and current transmission gear is 3, 4, or 5 maximum engine speed is 2400 rpm. VCU uses seat position and current transmission gear to determine backhoe or loader operation mode. For more information on seat position and transmission control, see Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation and Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation—Engine 4045TT096

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 162

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Schematic—Power and Ground (4045TT096)

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 163

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F30 F31 F33 F35 G1 G2 G4 K5 K10 M1 S2 S5 S6 V4 W1 W2 W10 W14 W15 X4 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X40 X48

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Controller Area Network (CAN) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Starter Relay Ignition Relay Starter Motor Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Alternator Excitation Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector

Vehicle control unit (VCU) acts in conjunction with other electrical components to provide electrical function to the machine. Major functions VCU controls include: hydraulic system, transmission control, wiper and washer circuits, and horn, lights and beacons circuits. VCU provides power and ground to these functions and sends and receives signals based on performance. Operator activates many of these functions using sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). SSM is a device that receives operator input through momentary switches. SSM transmits switch selection across controller area network (CAN) to VCU. VCU sends and receives CAN messages at pins A1 and B1 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to communicate with other controllers. For more information on CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU interprets CAN signals and determines if input is valid or not. If input is not valid for machine options available or machine state, input is ignored. If input is valid, appropriate function is activated. SSM then receives confirmation function is activated and causes appropriate light emitting diode (LED) on switch to illuminate, indicating function has been activated. VCU collects feedback from various sensors and communicates information with other controllers to display to operator. VCU communicates much information to standard display monitor (SDM) (A3), where information is displayed. For more information about SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU contains digital on/off driver outputs controlled based on inputs from sensors and other controllers on machine. VCU driver output functions include: Ignition and Accessory Relay Operation Backup Alarm Operation Park Brake Transmission Speed and Direction Operation Selective Flow Control Operation Loader Coupler Operation Window Washer Pump Operation <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 164

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Front And Rear Wiper Operation Lights Operation Hazard Warning Signals Differential Lock Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Return To Dig Operation For more information on individual driver outputs: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU also provides diagnostics in form of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) for systems it controls. For more information about vehicle control unit DTCs, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes . (Group 9001-40.) Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) conditions. Open Circuit—An open circuit condition is detected whenever output driver does not pull down as expected when turned on. When output is turned on, software continues to drive output so a technician can check voltage. Short to Power—A short to power is detected whenever output is off and feedback circuit detects current. High Current or Short to Ground—Detection of a high current condition occurs whenever output is turned on and driver detects an overload or over temperature condition. When high current condition has been detected, output turns off and only resets when function or engine start switch is cycled on/off. →NOTE: When output is turned off because of a high current condition, status LED of corresponding function on SSM will show function is still on. For all driver outputs: An open circuit and a short to power look the same. A short to ground and an overloaded circuit look the same. When VCU detects a DTC, condition must be corrected and function cycled before DTC can be cleared. If first DTC for function is not cleared before another DTC condition occurs, function may have two DTCs, where one DTC is not valid. (Example: Pin Disconnect Open Circuit and Pin Disconnect High Current DTCs are displayed at the same time.) VCU Power-Up (Power and Ground) Unswitched power is supplied to following components: Starter Motor (M1) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from SSM unswitched power 7.5 A fuse [F17]) VCU receives unswitched battery power from main 250 A fuse (F1) at pin 1 of VCU connector 4 (X14) and from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) at pin L1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). VCU ground is provided at pins 3 and 4 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and at pin J1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When engine start switch on SSM is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of SSM, to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows to VCU at pin M1 connector 1 (X11), providing switched power to VCU. At the same time, switched battery power becomes available at following components: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) (from monitor switched power 5 A fuse [F30]) Forward, Neutral Reverse (FNR) Switch (S5) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Gear Select Switch (S6) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) (from alternator excitation diode [V4])

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 165

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

→NOTE: If a new vehicle control unit (VCU) is installed, VCU software for specific machine requires downloading from software delivery system (SDS) to load correct vehicle identification. When VCU software download is completed, switched power must be cycled twice for ECU to acquire correct vehicle identification. When control units are powered-up, VCU requests vehicle and model information from engine control unit (ECU). VCU then stores vehicle identification in memory and uses saved version upon each power-up.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 166

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation

Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 167

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 A1 B6 B13 B14 H3 S5 S6 S8 S11 S10 W1 W2 W13 W14 W15 X11 X12 X13 X21 X48 X58 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Switched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Backup Alarm Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Differential Lock Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Transmission Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid

Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor (B6) Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) provides analog voltage to vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) at pin 43 of VCU connector 3 (X13). VCU converts voltage to temperature and displays on standard display monitor (SDM). SDM displays torque converter oil temperature anytime temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C) for at least 5 seconds with engine running. Park Brake Park brake is used to prohibit vehicle movement when applied, and allow movement when released. Park brake is a spring applied, hydraulically released brake, requiring hydraulic pressure through park brake release solenoid (Y7) valve to release brake. Park brake button is on sealed switch module (SSM). The light emitting diode (LED) on park brake button indicates status of park brake. When park brake is applied LED is ON solid, when it is released LED is OFF, and when park brake pressure switch (B13) indicates park brake is applied but VCU is commanding release (park brake status invalid), LED flashes. →NOTE: When park brake status is invalid, SDM also flashes park brake indicator although these may not be synchronized or at the same rate. VCU controls park brake and sends a periodic controller area network (CAN) message indicating its current status. VCU applies and releases park brake by controlling park brake release solenoid with both a high side on/off driver connected through pin G4 of VCU connector 1 (X11) and a low side driver connected through pin B4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When park brake switch on SSM is pressed for the first time, a park brake release message is sent via CAN to VCU. Control of park brake solenoid valve is dependent on SSM park brake switch state, engine running state, and park brake pressure switch (B13) status. Park brake status is broadcast over CAN based on current park brake release solenoid (Y7) state and resulting park brake pressure switch (B13) status. Upon initial start up, VCU checks status of park brake pressure switch via pin D1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Status can be inactive (no pressure), active (pressure applied), or invalid (park brake pressure switch does not reflect park break release solenoid state). Park Brake Release: VCU releases park brake by applying current to park brake release solenoid (Y7) when all of the following conditions exist: Engine state is engine running. Park brake release drivers are not shorted. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 168

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Park brake switch state changes from not pressed to pressed. Park Brake Applied: VCU applies park brake by removing current from park brake release solenoid when any of the following conditions exist: Engine start switch state is OFF. Engine state is engine OFF and park brake pressure is applied. SSM park brake switch is pressed. Park brake driver is shorted. VCU removes current from park brake release solenoid if engine state is engine RUNNING and then becomes engine OFF, and park brake pressure switch indicates park brake is applied. By removing current from park brake release solenoid, VCU ensures that park brake is applied if engine quits and pressure switch indicates park brake is on. VCU controls transmission using two high side/low side drivers connected to transmission direction solenoids (Y1 and Y2) and four on/off drivers connected to transmission speed solenoids (Y3—Y6). Transmission solenoid valves control clutches in transmission to select transmission speed and direction. Control of solenoids is dependent on: Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) position Gear select switch (S6) position Park brake status Clutch disconnect status Transmission output speed Engine running state Power to transmission direction solenoids is controlled by a hardware interlock and a software interlock at pins J4 and M4 from VCU connector 1 (X11). VCU periodically checks status of inputs at pins C2, A3, and C1 of VCU connector 1 (X11) from FNR switch and only allows solenoids to be energized if input is determined to be valid. (X) illustrates which inputs are valid for selected FNR position. FNR Selector Logic Forward Switch

Reverse Switch

Neutral Switch

Selected FNR

Status

X

Neutral

Valid

Reverse

Valid

Error

Invalid

Forward

Valid

Error

Invalid

Error

Invalid

Error

Invalid

X X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

→NOTE: If seat position is not in forward (or loader position) with engine running and FNR is not in neutral, standard display monitor (SDM) displays a RETURN TCL TO NEUTRAL pop-up. VCU receives desired gear range command from gear select switch (S6). Inputs are applied through gear select switch to pins 8, 19, 7, and 20 of VCU connector 2 (X12), depending on gear selected. (X) illustrates which pins are activated for the selected gear range. Gear Select Logic Pin 8-(X12)

Pin 19-(X12)

X X X

Pin 7-(X12)

Pin 20-(X12)

Selected Gear

X

1st Gear

X

2nd Gear X

3rd Gear

X

X

4th Gear

X

X

5th Gear

Any other combinations are considered invalid and VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and places transmission in neutral. VCU activates appropriate solenoids to shift transmission into its requested gear except when park brake is on, in which case no solenoids are active and transmission stays in neutral. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 169

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

(X) illustrates which solenoid is activated for the selected gear. Transmission Solenoid Logic Selected Gear

Y1

Y2

Y3

Y4

Y5

Y6

N or Park Brake Applied 1F

X

X

X

2F

X

X

3F

X

4F

X

X

5F

X

X

X X

X

1R

X

X

X

2R

X

X

3R

X

X

X

4R

X

X

X

X

Transmission output speed is monitored by VCU through transmission output speed sensor (B14) and used to control activation of fifth speed function of transmission. Output speed is also be used for auto shift, differential speed lockout, and some hydraulic power controls. When a transmission control solenoid malfunction occurs, VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and deactivates all transmission solenoids (putting transmission in neutral). To get transmission out of neutral and into limp home mode FNR switch must be moved to N (neutral) position and then to a desired direction. Any gear can be selected, but only a limited number of gears are available (based on transmission control solenoid malfunction). Backup Alarm (H3) VCU controls backup alarm (H3) by applying power from pin G3 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to backup alarm when FNR switch (S5) is placed in reverse. VCU does not power backup alarm based on actual transmission direction, but does based on placement of FNR switch. Maximum Gear Limit VCU can limit maximum gear the transmission allows regardless of TCL input, dependent on operator setting in standard display monitor (SDM). For more information on standard display monitor (SDM). see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) Auto Shift VCU has functionality to provide an automatic shift mode in addition to manual shifting. The shift mode is determined based upon input from SSM. VCU selects current gear based upon autoshift mode, engine speed, transmission output shaft speed, and engine speed control position. If autoshift button on SSM is pressed, autoshift mode shall be set to auto 2-D mode and VCU sends a message across CAN indicating left and right LEDs shall be ON solid. When autoshift is in auto 2-D mode and autoshift button on SSM is pressed and released, autoshift mode returns to manual and VCU sends a message across CAN indicating left and right LEDs shall be OFF. While in auto 2-D mode, VCU commands appropriate solenoids to shift when it is required starting with 2nd gear. Maximum gear allowed by autoshift is determined by the operator selected gear on TCL or maximum gear limit set in SDM. Differential Lock Vehicle control unit (VCU) controls differential lock and differential lock speed limit functions based on signal from differential lock switch (S10) at pin 31 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and output to differential lock solenoid (Y10) from pin 11 of VCU connector 3 (X13). Switch is activated by a switch on the floor of operator station. VCU also monitors engine speed to disable differential lock when engine speed is over 1000 rpm. When DIFF LOCK SPEED LIMIT option is enabled in standard display monitor (SDM), VCU sends a signal to SDM to generate an audible alarm in addition to monitor displaying DIFF LOCK DISABLED DUE TO HIGH SPEED to make operator aware that differential lock is being turned OFF because engine speed is over 1000 rpm. If differential lock switch (S10) is held in ON (or closed) position by operator continuously for more than 10 minutes, a time-out occurs that disengages differential lock function. After switch is maintained in open position continuously for 1 second the switch may again be engaged. Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Vehicle control unit (VCU) controls MFWD function through the status of MFWD switch (S11) and output to MFWD solenoid (Y11). <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 170

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

When MFWD switch is placed in momentary or ON position, voltage is received at pin 38 of VCU connector 3 (X13) and VCU recognizes this as change in MFWD status. VCU then applies power from pin 13 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to MFWD solenoid (Y11). This allows high pressure oil to engage MFWD. If VCU recognizes MFWD solenoid state and MFWD switch state as not matching, VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Braking On machines with MFWD, VCU provides an option to engage front wheels whenever braking. MFWD is activated anytime brakes are applied in fourth or fifth gear regardless of option state. If option is enabled via SDM, MFWD activates any time brakes are applied. For more information on setting MFWD braking, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) Clutch Disconnect Vehicle control unit (VCU) can remove transmission load from engine in order to utilize all engine power for hydraulics. When clutch disconnect switch is pressed on loader control lever, current is allowed to flow to pin 23 of VCU connector 3 (X13). When VCU recieves current it removes power from direction solenoids, placing transmission in neutral. If VCU and clutch disconnect switch state do not match, VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC).

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 171

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation

Hydraulic System Circuit Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 172

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1 A1 B9 B12 B26 B44 F35 S52 S54 W2 W13 W14 W15 W26 W27 W28 W29 W30 W31 X11 X12 X13 X21 X52 X53 X57 X58 X68 X81 X82 Y20 Y21 Y29 Y30 Y50 Y51 Y52 Y53 Y56 Y58 Y59

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Switched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Seat Position Sensor Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Loader Auxilary Flow Control Switch Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Pilot Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Transmission Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Ride Control Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (if equipped) Pilot Enable Switch Harness (if equipped) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Control Harness 2-Pin Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2 Pilot Enable Solenoid Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2

Vehicle control unit (VCU) receives inputs and provides outputs that control various solenoids which, in turn control and/or monitors hydraulic functions on the machine. For more information on VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Seat Position Sensor (B9) VCU monitors inputs from a 0—240° dual channel Hall effect seat position sensor (B9). VCU uses inputs from seat position sensor (B9) to enable/disable certain features based on seat position. A 5 V reference is provided from pin J2 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to pins 3 and 6 of seat position sensor. The VCU provides a return at pin H2 of VCU connector 1 (X11) from terminals 1 and 4 of seat position sensor. Two channels are used to communicate seat position to VCU. Channel 1 sends voltage dependent on seat position from terminal 2 of seat position sensor to pin 37 of VCU connector 2 (X12). At the same time Channel 2 sends voltage from terminal 5 of seat position sensor to pin 48 of VCU connector 2 (X12). Voltages sent from channel 1 and channel 2 should be inversely proportional in order to provide a valid signal to VCU. In loader position (full forward), approximately 4 V is supplied to VCU via channel 1 and decreases as seat is rotated toward full rear facing position. At the same time approximately 1 V is supplied to VCU via channel 2 and increases as seat is rotated from loader position to full rear facing position. In full rear facing position, approximately 1 V is supplied to VCU via channel 1 and increases as seat is rotated toward loader position (full forward). At the same time approximately 4 V is supplied to VCU via channel 2 and decreases as seat is rotated toward full rear facing position. At any time, if the sum of channel 1 and channel 2 voltages does not equal the 5 V reference, a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is generated by VCU. If voltage is greater than 4.5 V or less than 0.5 V on either channel a DTC is generated. When a DTC is <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 173

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

generated a pop-up stating SEAT SENSOR FAULT is displayed on standard display monitor (SDM). Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B12) Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) is a normally-open switch that applies ground at pin 24 of VCU connector 3 (X13) when closed. The switch closes when hydraulic oil differential pressure at filter is greater than specification. VCU broadcasts a message across the CAN to communicate with SDM causing hydraulic oil filter restriction indicator to illuminate. Loader Coupler Solenoids (if equipped) Loader coupler solenoids allow the front tool to be hydraulically disengaged from tractor by pressing a switch on sealed switch module (SSM). When the loader coupler switch on SSM is pressed for 1 second a message is sent across CAN to VCU indicating the switch has been pressed. VCU applies power to pin 50 of VCU connector 3 (X13) energizing loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) for 5 seconds. VCU also applies power to pin 51 of VCU connector 3 (X13) energizing loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) and disengaging coupler pins. The light emitting diode (LED) on the loader coupler switch illuminates and a popup displays on SDM stating LOADER COUPLER DISENGAGED. An audible alarm sounds for the entire time coupler pins are disengaged. Pressing loader coupler switch a second time causes VCU to energize loader coupler pressure solenoid for 5 seconds and deenergize loader coupler solenoid, engaging loader coupler pins. The LED on loader coupler switch turns OFF. Hydraulic Pump Unload VCU uses engine RUNNING state, engine cranking state, and seat position to control hydraulic load on the engine in order to prevent diesel engine stall. To reduce hydraulic load on engine, VCU applies current through hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) from pin K2 at VCU connector 1 (X11) to pin D4 at VCU connector 1 (X11). When hydraulic pump control solenoid is energized auxiliary pump flow returns back to inlet through the unloading valve spool. Hydraulic pump control solenoid is energized when any of the following conditions occur: Engine cranking. Engine state is RUNNING and seat position is loader. Engine state is RUNNING and selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is energized. For more information on hydraulic pump unload, see Hydraulic Pump Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Auto-Idle (4045TT096 engine only) Auto-idle is used to reduce fuel consumption by automatically reducing engine speed to 900 rpm when hydraulic functions are not being used while in backhoe mode. Auto-idle can be enabled or disabled in the monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) Also, the auto-idle threshold pressure setting (hydraulic demand) that sends machine into auto-idle is adjustable in the monitor. VCU receives a signal from hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) at pin 13 of VCU connector 2 (X12) to determine hydraulic demand. If this value is equal or less than the adjustable pressure auto-idle threshold pressure value for a continuous 5 seconds; machine is considered to be in a no hydraulic demand state. VCU sends a signal across CAN to ECU requesting to reduce engine speed when all of the following conditions are met: Engine state is engine running Auto-idle is enabled in the monitor Seat position is backhoe Current gear is neutral Engine coolant temperature is between 50—113° C (122—235° F) or invalid Hand throttle status is enabled An active filter cleaning is not active Valid hydraulic system pressure sensor value No hydraulic demand Engine speed returns to hand throttle setting when hydraulic activity resumes (hydraulic system pressure is greater than autoidle threshold pressure), hand throttle command changes by +2%, or any of the previously listed conditions are not met. Item

Measurement

Specification

Auto-Idle Threshold (adjustable)

Pressure

800—2000 kPa

Threshold (default)

Pressure

116—290 psi 1500 kPa 218 psi

Ride Control (if equipped) <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 174

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

When ride control switch is pressed on the SSM, the change in status of switch is communicated over CAN to VCU. The VCU energizes ride control solenoids 1 and 2 (Y50 and Y51) through pin 42 of VCU connector 3 (X13). For more information on ride control, see Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) Selective Flow Control (if equipped) Selective flow control is an option that allows the operator to control a hammer or other implement installed on machine either continuously or via a momentary auxiliary hydraulic foot switch (S54). When auxiliary hydraulic foot switch is not installed, control of selective flow is done solely by the auxiliary hydraulic switch on SSM and is shared with auxiliary loader hydraulics function. The switch has two modes that can be selected, continuous and proportional. In continuous mode the function operates at maximum flow while solenoid is energized. In proportional mode maximum flow can be set via standard display monitor (SDM). VCU receives inputs from SSM and auxiliary hydraulic foot switch to determine the state of the selecitve flow control solenoid (Y53). If VCU recognizes the state as active it sends current out pin L3 of VCU connector 1 (X11) and provides ground at pin E4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch (S54) (if equipped) Auxiliary hydraulic foot switch (S54) is a normally-open foot-actuated switch. When auxiliary hydraulic switch on SSM is in either continuous or proportional mode VCU uses input at pin 26 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to select status of selective flow control function. Pilot Enable (if equipped) If equipped, pilot controls can be enabled or disabled by VCU based on inputs received from pilot enable switch (S52), seat position sensor, or from other controllers. VCU applies current through pin 28 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to pilot enable solenoid (Y52) based on inputs from pilot enable switch (S52) at pins 34 and 47 of VCU connector 3 (X13). VCU also uses operator seat position state, engine running state, and pattern select solenoids 1 and 2 (Y58 and Y59) state to enable or disable pilot control. For more information on pilot control, see Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) Hydraulic Pattern Select (if equipped) If equipped with pilot controls, it is possible to change control pattern of backhoe controls via a push-button on the SSM. With pilot control enabled there are two pattern select modes to toggle between, backhoe mode and excavator mode. While in backhoe mode the left LED is illuminated and pattern select solenoids 1 and 2 (Y58 and Y59) are not energized. If in backhoe mode and pattern select push-button on SSM is pressed, left LED shuts off and right LED illuminates. VCU sends current out pin 6 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and energizes pattern select solenoids 1 and 2 (Y58 and Y59). Each subsequent press toggles between backhoe mode and excavator mode. At shutdown VCU saves pattern select state in memory and retrieves it when powered-up.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 175

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation

Lights and Beacon Circuits Theory of Operation

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 176

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LEGEND: A1 A9 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 W14 W15 W17 W18 W38 X9 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33 X36

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Radio Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Switch 1 Brake Light Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Light Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Cab Harness Canopy Harness Roof Harness Radio Harness Rear Frame Harness Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector

Drive Lights Drive light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) controls drive lights, marker lights, and tail lights. When switch is pressed for less than 2 seconds VCU turns on left front marker light (E33), license plate light (E41), and both left and right tail lights (E37 and E40) through pin 8 of VCU connector 3 (X13) while illuminating left light emitting diode (LED) on switch. If pressed a second time for less than 2 seconds, VCU turns on left and right front drive lights (E31 and E32) through pins 18 and 30 of VCU connector 3 (X13), while illuminating middle LED on switch. Drive lights have a high and low setting controlled by drive light high/low switch (S19). A subsequent press of drive light switch commands both marker lights and drive lights off. →NOTE: On cab machines power is also supplied to radio (A9) for illumination via marker lights circuit. If front work lights switch is held for more than 2 seconds, VCU removes power from pins 8, 18, and 30 of VCU connector 3 (X13) shutting off marker lights and drive lights. Work Lights and Docking Lights Work lights switch on SSM has six modes: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 177

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Rear Work Lights On: When work light switch on SSM is pressed so only right LED illuminates, VCU sends current out pins 2 and 3 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to rear work lights (E1—E4), causing rear work lights to come on. Docking Lights On: When work light switch on SSM is pressed a second time so right and middle LED illuminates, VCU applies current to pins 17 and 53 of VCU connector 3 (X13), causing left and right docking lights (E15 and E16) to come on. Front Work Lights On: When work light switch on SSM is pressed a third time so only left LED illuminates, VCU shuts off rear work lights and docking lights. VCU also sends current out pins 4 and 5 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to front work lights (E5—E8). Causing front work lights to come on. Front Work Lights and Docking Lights On When work light switch on SSM is pressed a fourth time so left and middle LEDs are illuminated, VCU applies power to pins 17 and 53 of VCU connector 3 (X13), causing left and right docking lights to come on while front work lights remain on. All Work Lights and Docking Lights On When work light switch on SSM is pressed a fifth time so all LEDs are illuminated, VCU sends current out pins 2 and 3 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to rear work lights (E1—E4) in addition to front work lights and docking lights. Lights Off Regardless of current state, if work light switch on SSM is held for 2 seconds or longer, VCU shuts off all work lights, docking lights, and marker lights. Anytime VCU detects a light bulb as faulted a DTC is generated, standard display monitor (SDM) displays a pop-up and an audible alarm sounds. Brake Lights When a brake pedal is pressed and either service brake pressure switches 1 or 2 (S26 or S27) is closed to ground, VCU recognizes circuit being pulled down at pin F3 of VCU connector 1 (X11) and sends current out pin 41 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to left and right brake lights (E37 and E40). Anytime VCU detects a brake light as faulted a DTC is generated, SDM displays a pop-up stating BRAKE LIGHT BULB MISSING and an audible alarm sounds. Beacon Light Beacon light (E17) is controlled by VCU via beacon light switch (S47). When VCU is powered-up and beacon light switch is in OFF (open) position, VCU recognizes beacon state as off at pin 45 of VCU connector 3 (X13). With beacon light switch in ON (closed) position, ground is provided to pin 45 of VCU connector 3 (X13) and VCU recognizes beacon state as on. When beacon state is on, current is sent through pin 1 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to beacon light (E17), causing beacon to come on. Turn signals Turn signals are controlled by turn signal switch (S30) and VCU. Left Turn: When ignition (switched) power is ON and turn signal switch is moved to left-turn position, ground is supplied at terminal 3 of turn signal switch, pulling down circuit at pin E2 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When VCU detects system being pulled down at pin E2 of VCU connector 1 (X11), it sends pulsing current with a 50% duty cycle from pin 30 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to left rear and left front turn signals (E39 and E36) (respectively), causing left turn signals to flash. Right Turn: When ignition (switched) power is ON and turn signal switch is moved to right-turn position, ground is supplied at terminal 1 of turn signal switch, pulling down the circuit at pin D3 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When VCU detects system being pulled down at pin D3 of VCU connector 1 (X11), it sends pulsing current with a 50% duty cycle from pin 18 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to right rear and right front turn signals (E38 and E35) (respectively), causing right turn signals to flash. Hazard Warning Signals When ignition (switched) power is ON and hazard warning signal switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is pressed, SSM sends a signal across CAN data line to VCU, requesting hazard warning signals. When VCU determines that input is valid, VCU sends a signal back across CAN data line to SSM, causing LED on hazard warning signal switch to come on. VCU then sends pulsing current with a 50% duty cycle to turn signals (E35, E36, E38, and E39), causing all four lights to flash at the same time. Hazard Warning Signal and Turn Signals Activated at Same Time: If left turn signal is selected when hazard warning signals are active, VCU sends current to turn signals as follows: Pulsing current to left turn signals (E36 and E39). Continuous current to right turn signals (E35 and E38). If right turn signal is selected when hazard warning signals are active, VCU sends current to turn signals as follows: <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 178

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Pulsing current to right turn signals (E35 and E38). Continuous current to left turn signals (E36 and E39). VCU Wakeup: Hazard warning signals can be activated when ignition (switched) power is OFF. Pressing hazard warning signal switch on SSM when ignition is OFF causes SSM to send a “wakeup” signal to VCU. When VCU detects this signal, it sends pulsing current to all front and rear turn signals.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 179

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation

Wiper and Washer Circuit Schematic LEGEND: A1 M13 M14 M15 <- Go to Section TOC

Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Section 9015 page 180

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

S14 V13 W2 W14 X12 X13

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Rear Wiper Enable Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Operator Station Floor Ground Cab Harness Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3

Front Wiper Motor (M13) When front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is pressed so one, two, or three light emitting diodes (LEDs) are illuminated, vehicle control unit (VCU) sends current out pin 2 or 5 of VCU connector 2 (X12) depending on wiper mode. Front wiper switch has three modes: Intermittent Low High Wiper Motor Intermittent Speed Mode: When front wiper switch on SSM is pressed once so only left LED illuminates, VCU supplies power at pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) to activate the front wiper motor (M13) in low speed. VCU provides power to wiper motor for one complete cycle until VCU detects an open circuit at pin 21 of VCU connector 3 (X13) from a park switch, internal to wiper motor, indicating wiper has returned to the park position. VCU stops current flow out pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) when VCU detects wiper has reached park position. VCU then waits for 2—10 seconds, depending on delay setting, before sending current out pin 2 of VCU connector (X12) again to repeat intermittent cycle. Wiper delay setting can be changed by accessing MAIN MENU—SETUP—WIPER DELAY submenu of SDM menu structure. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup—Wiper Delay . (Operator’s Manual.) Wiper Motor Low Speed Mode: If front wiper switch on SSM is pressed a second time, VCU applies power to wiper motor via pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) setting wiper motor on low speed. VCU also sends a message to SSM illuminating left and center LEDs. Wiper Motor High Speed Mode: If front wiper switch on SSM is pressed a third time, VCU removes power from pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and applies power to pin 5 of VCU connector 3 (X13) turning wiper motor on high speed. VCU also sends a message to SSM illuminating all three LEDs. If front wiper switch is pressed while in high speed mode or held for two seconds at any time, VCU removes power from pin 5 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and applies power to pin 2 until park switch is observed as open. When VCU observes park switch as open, power is removed from both pins and SSM is commanded to shut off all LEDs. Rear Wiper Motor (M14) When rear wiper switch on SSM is pressed so one or two LEDs illuminate, VCU sends current out pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12). VCU also reads status of a rear wiper enable switch (S14) at pin 9 of VCU connector 3 (X13). With rear window closed, rear wiper enable switch is closed to ground and wipers are enabled. With window open, switch is observed as open and rear wipers are disabled. Rear wiper switch has two modes: Intermittent Low Wiper Motor Intermittent Speed Mode: When rear wiper switch on SSM is pressed once so only left LED is illuminated, VCU applies power at pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12) to activate rear wiper motor in low speed. VCU provides power to wiper motor for one complete cycle until VCU detects an open circuit at pin 20 of VCU connector 3 (X13) from a park switch, internal to wiper motor, indicating wiper has returned to park position. VCU stops current flow out pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12) when VCU detects wiper has reached park position. VCU then waits for 2—10 seconds, depending on delay setting, before sending current out pin 2 of VCU connector (X12) again to repeat intermittent cycle. Wiper delay setting can be changed by accessing MAIN MENU—SETUP—WIPER DELAY submenu of SDM menu structure. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup—Wiper Delay . (Operator’s Manual.) Wiper Motor Low Speed Mode: If wiper switch on SSM is pressed a second time, VCU supplies power to wiper motor via pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12) turning wiper motor on low speed. VCU also sends a message to SSM illuminating left and right LEDs. Front Washer Motor (M15) Pressing windshield washer switch on SSM supplies power to front washer motor (M15) while switch is held down and removes power when switch is released. If front wiper motor is off, power is supplied through pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) while washer switch is held and remains for 3 complete wipe cycles after switch is released. If intermittent wiper function is active, motor turns on in low speed for three complete cycles before returning to intermittent mode. If either low or high speed wiper function is active, wiper motor continues to run at set speed. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 181

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics

Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation

Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 A3 <- Go to Section TOC

Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Unswitched Battery Power Switched Battery Power Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Section 9015 page 182

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

B8 F15 F30 H1 W2 W13 W14 W15 X4 X21

Group 16: Monitor Operation

Fuel Level Sensor Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Monitor Alarm Operator Station Floor Ground Transmission Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector

Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) SDM receives battery power from monitor unswitched power 5 A fuse (F15) at pin A of SDM connector 1 (X4). System ground is available at pin P of SDM connector 1 (X4). SDM receives switched power from monitor switched power 5 A fuse (F30) at pin L of SDM connector 1 (X4). When powered-up, SDM performs a self-test by activating all indicators: lights, gauges, and the monitor display window. SDM contains a menu structure designed for monitoring certain machine functions for operational and/or diagnostic purposes. It provides a means for viewing and clearing diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and also provides a means for adjusting certain machine and monitor settings. For more information on SDM menu structure, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-20.) SDM uses controller area network (CAN) data line to communicate with various controllers on machine. For more information on CAN system, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel Level Sensor (B8) Fuel level sensor (B8) is a resistive (rheostat) type sensor attached to a float. Changing fuel level causes float to move up and down relative to fuel level. The float moves a wiper in the rheostat causing resistance to change relative to movement of float. Resistance is sensed by SDM at pin N of SDM connector 1 (X4). SDM uses this information to determine position of needle on fuel gauge and moves needle accordingly. Monitor Alarm (H1) Monitor alarm (H1) is activated during monitor self test, during certain monitor selections, and when the STOP indicator is illuminated. Power is provided to monitor alarm and to pin A of SDM connector (X4) from monitor switched power 5 A fuse (F15). SDM provides ground at pin E of SDM connector (X4) to make alarm sound.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 183

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 16: Monitor Operation

Group 16 - Monitor Operation Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu There are two versions of the standard display monitor (SDM) menu structure: Operator Menu and Service Menu. Operator Menu— is used to change user preferences, view operational settings, and view diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). For additional information, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Normal Display and see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Operation . (Operator’s Manual.) Service Menu— provides additional menu items not available in the operator menu. This feature allows a service technician to change operational settings and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). The service menu provides the technician a means to monitor functions and settings for diagnostic and testing purposes. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. →NOTE: When the Service Menu is accessed, the SDM will stay in the service menu even if the SDM display is returned to the operator display. Cycling the switched power to OFF, then back to ON resets the SDM to the Operator Menu.

There are four buttons on the SDM used to navigate the Service Menu: MENU—Provides initial entry into machine settings, diagnostics, and monitor functions. BACK—Display goes back to the last active menu each time the button is pushed. NEXT—Display goes to the next selection within a menu or mode. Press the NEXT button to cycle through all the possible selections in a menu. SELECT—Activates the current highlighted submenu.

Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Clear Codes This menu will clear all stored and active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). The CLEAR CODES menu is a function of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) To Clear DTCs: [1] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press the SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until CODES is highlighted, then press the SELECT button. [4] - CODES screen is displayed, press NEXT button to display CLEAR CODES screen →NOTE: To exit without clearing codes, press the BACK button. [5] - To clear codes press SELECT button. CODES CLEARED is displayed for 2 seconds before returning to CLEAR CODES screen.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 184

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 16: Monitor Operation

Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics The main menu DIAGNOSTICS submenu is a function of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) To access Diagnostics submenu: [1] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until desired submenu is highlighted. [4] - Press SELECT to make submenu active in the display. To exit DIAGNOSTICS menu, press BACK button. The following submenus are available from DIAGNOSTICS menu: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

CODES ENGINE ELECTRICAL LIGHTS TRANSMISSION HYDRAULICS SOFTWARE VERSION BUTTONS SENSORS SERVICE ADVISOR INFO TESTS

[1] - CODES— Displays status of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) active and stored. Enables active and stored codes to be cleared. →NOTE: Active and stored codes can be viewed in normal display mode. CODES ACTIVE STORED—Displays status of DTCs that are currently active and stored in the SDM and the source controller (controller reporting the problem). The codes are listed in order, starting with the most recent fault. CLEAR CODES—Clears active and stored codes in the SDM. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Clear Codes . (Group 9015-16.) [2] - ENGINE— Displays status of sensors and switches monitored by engine control unit (ECU). ECU ELEC POWER—Displays battery and switched voltage to ECU as BATTERY XX.X V and SWITCHED XX.X V. THROTTLE—Displays throttle percentage as measured by engine speed control dial for hand and engine speed control pedal for foot as HAND XXX% and FOOT XXX%. ENGINE COOLANT TEMP—Displays engine coolant temperature as measured by engine coolant temperature sensor as XXX F. WATER IN FUEL—Displays signal from water-in-fuel sensor as WATER DETECTED or WATER NOT DETECTED. FUEL TEMPERATURE—Displays fuel temperature as measured by fuel temperature sensor as XXX F. MANIFOLD AIR TEMP—Displays manifold air temperature as measured by manifold air temperature sensor as XXX F. FUEL RATE—Displays fuel usage in gallons per hour as XXX G/HR. [3] - ELECTRICAL— Displays the status of switches and relays monitored by vehicle control unit (VCU). VCU ELEC POWER—Displays battery and switched voltage to vehicle control unit (VCU) as BATTERY XX.XX V and SWITCHED XX.XX V. VCU VALVE POWER—Displays voltage to VCU valve power as XX.XX V. ALTENATOR STATE—Displays alternator status as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. ACCESSORY RELAY—Displays status of accessory relay as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT WASHER (if equipped)—Displays status of front washer as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT WIPER LOW (if equipped)—Displays status of front wiper low as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 185

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 16: Monitor Operation

FRONT WIPER HIGH (if equipped)—Displays status of front wiper high as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REAR WIPER (if equipped)—Displays status of rear wiper as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. WIPER PARK SWITCHES (if equipped)—Displays status of wiper park switches FRONT and REAR as ON or OFF. BACKUP ALARM—Displays status of backup alarm as ON or OFF and milliamperes drawn as XXXX MA. [4] - LIGHTS— Displays status of VCU (A1) outputs and switches to lights. TURN SIGNAL SWITCH—Displays status of turn signal switch LEFT and RIGHT as ON or OFF. LEFT TURN SIGNAL—Displays status of left turn signal as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. RIGHT TURN SIGNAL—Displays status of right turn signal as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. MARKER LIGHT (if equipped)—Displays status of marker light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT INNER WORK LT—Displays status of front inner work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT OUTER WORK LT—Displays status of front outer work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REAR INNER WORK LT—Displays status of rear inner work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REAR OUTER WORK LT—Displays status of rear outer work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DOCKING LIGHT 1—Displays status of docking light 1 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DOCKING LIGHT 2—Displays status of docking light 2 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH—Displays status of brake light switch 1 and brake light switch 2 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. BRAKE LIGHT—Displays status of brake light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DRIVE LIGHT 1 (if equipped)—Displays status of drive light 1 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED an amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DRIVE LIGHT 2 (if equipped)—Displays status of drive light 2 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BEACON SWITCH (if equipped)—Displays status of beacon switch as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. BEACON LIGHT (if equipped)—Displays status of beacon light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BACKUP LIGHT (if equipped)—Displays status of backup light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BUCKET LEVEL LEDS—Displays status of bucket level LEDs ABOVE and BELOW as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. [5] - TRANSMISSION— Displays status of transmission sensors and switches monitored by VCU (A1). GEAR—Current gear of transmission. DIRECTION & GEAR—Displays status of gear selected and engaged as 0 = error, 1, 2, 3, 4 and direction - - - = error, F, N, R. GEAR SWITCHES—Displays status of gear switch B1, B2, B3, and B4 as ON or OFF. PARK BRAKE—Displays status of park brake switch and driver. PARK BRAKE PRESS SWITCH—Displays status of park brake switch as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. PARK BRAKE DRIVER—Displays status of park brake driver as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. TRANS SOLENOIDS—Displays status of transmission solenoids. FORWARD — Y1 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y1 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REVERSE — Y2 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y2 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y3 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y3 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y4 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y4 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y5 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y5 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y6 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y6 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. CLUTCH DISCONNECT—Displays status of clutch disconnect switch as SWITCH and STATUS and ON or OFF. MFWD—Displays status of the MFWD switch and driver. MFWD SWITCH—Displays status of the MFWD switch as ON, OFF or FAULTED. MFWD DRIVER—Displays status of the MFWD driver as ON, OFF or FAULTED an amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DIFF LOCK—Displays status of differential lock and differential lock switch. DIFF LOCK SWITCH—Displays status of differential lock switch as ON or OFF. DIFF LOCK—Displays status of differential lock as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as X.XX A. TRANS CONVERTOR TEMP—Displays transmission convertor temperature as measured by torque converter oil temperature sensor. OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED—Displays transmission output shaft speed in RPMs as measured by the transmission speed sensor. [6] - HYDRAULIC— Displays status of hydraulic sensors and switches. SWITCHES—Displays status of hydraulic switches as ON or OFF. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 186

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 16: Monitor Operation

HYD FILTER SWITCH—Displays status of hydraulic oil filter restriction switch as ON or OFF. LOADER AUX SWITCH (if equipped)—Displays status of loader auxiliary on/off switch CONTINUOUS and PROPORTIONAL as ON or OFF. FOOT SWITCH (if equipped)—Displays status of auxiliary hydraulic foot switch as ON or OFF. PRESSURES—Displays hydraulic system pressures. HAMMER PRESSURE—Displays backhoe flow control work port pressure by backhoe flow control work port pressure sensor as XXXXX PSI. VALVE DATA—Displays threshold and feedback currents of valve solenoids. LOADER AUX (if equipped)—Displays threshold and feedback currents of loader auxiliary valve solenoid. HAMMER (if equipped)—Displays feedback current of selective flow control valve in milliamperes (mA) as XXXX MA. FEEDBACK CURRENT—Displays loader auxiliary function magnitude and direction in milliamperes (mA) as MAG XXXX MA and DIR XXXX MA. FWD THRESHOLD—Displays loader auxiliary forward function start and maximum threshold current in milliamperes (mA) as START XXXX MA and MAX XXXX MA. REV THRESHOLD—Displays loader auxiliary reverse function start and maximum threshold current in milliamperes (mA) as START XXXX MA and MAX XXXX MA. PILOT ENABLE (if equipped)—Displays status of pilot switch and solenoid. PILOT ENABLE SWITCH—Displays the status of pilot enable switch MOMENTARY and DETENT as ON or OFF. PILOT ENABLE SOL—Displays the status of pilot enable solenoid as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. RIDE CONTROL (if equipped)—Displays the status of ride control solenoid 1 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. HYD PUMP CONTROL—Displays the status of hydraulic pump control amperage drawn as XX.XX A. PATTERN SELECT—Displays pattern select on = excavator and off = backhoe as ON or OFF. LOADER COUPLER (if equipped)—Displays the status of loader coupler solenoids. LOADER COUPLER—Displays the status of loader coupler unlock solenoid as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. LOADER COUPLER PRESS—Displays the status of loader coupler pressure solenoid as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A . [7] - SOFTWARE VERSION— Displays the software version numbers of installed controllers. VCU SW VERSION—Software version number of vehicle control unit (VCU). ECU SW VERSION—Software version number of engine control unit (ECU). SDM SW VERSION—Software version number of standard display monitor (SDM). SSM SW VERSION—Software version number of sealed switch module (SSM). [8] - BUTTONS— Displays the status of switches on the sealed switch module (SSM). SSM—Displays a grid of dashes that blank out corresponding dash when a switch on the SSM is depressed. [9] - SENSORS— Displays the status of seat, fuel, boom, and bucket sensors. SEAT POSITION—Displays the seat position as measured by seat position sensor as BACKHOE, MIDDLE, FORWARD, or LOADER. SEAT SENSOR—Displays the output voltage of the seat sensor channel 1 and seat sensor channel 2 as CH 1 X.XXX V and CH2 X.XXX V. FUEL GAUGE—Displays the status of fuel gauge percent full and output voltage of fuel level sensor as XX.X% and X.XXX V. [10] - SERVICE ADVISOR INFO— Displays the submenu SYSTEM INFO. SYSTEM INFO—Displays the sub menus for Service ADVISOR ™ system information. CELL STRENGHT—Displays status of cell strength. CARRIER—Displays carrier ID number. REGISTRATION STATE—Displays if system is registered. LATITUDE—Displays GPS latitude. LONGITUDE—Displays GPS longitude. GPS ANTENNA—Displays GPS antenna status as UNKNOWN, OK, SHORT, or OPEN. CELL ANTENNA—Displays cell antenna status. SATELLITE MODEM—Displays satellite modem status as GOOD or NOT GOOD. SATELLITE SIGNAL—Displays satellite signal status as REGISTERED or NOT REGISTERED. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 187

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 16: Monitor Operation

SBD REGISTRATION—Displays SBD registration as GOOD or NOT GOOD. TIME STAMP— Displays time stamp as year, month, day, hour (24 hour clock) and minutes as XXXX:XX:XX:XX:XX. [11] - TESTS— Displays the sub menus VCU OUTPUTS and HVC OUTPUTS. VCU OUTPUTS—Displays the submenu for VCU output test. STEP XX—Steps through VCU output test will return CHECK CODES or ALL OUTPUTS PASSED KEY OFF.

Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu Visible or Hidden The main menu on the standard display monitor (SDM) can be made accessible or hidden from view using the VISIBLE or HIDDEN options within MENU ACCESS submenu. The MONITOR HIDDEN and MONITOR VISIBLE submenus are functions of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) MAIN MENU HIDDEN [1] - Press and hold MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From MAIN MENU, press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until MONITOR is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until MENU ACCESS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. →NOTE: To exit without hiding main menu, press the BACK button. [5] - Press NEXT button until HIDDEN is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - MENU ACCESS HIDDEN displayed for 2 seconds before returning to MONITOR submenu. MAIN MENU VISIBLE [1] - Push and hold MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From the MAIN MENU, press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted , then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until MONITOR is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until MENU ACCESS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. →NOTE: To exit without enabling main menu visibility, press the BACK button. [5] - Press NEXT button until VISIBLE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - MENU ACCESS VISIBLE displayed for 2 seconds before returning to MONITOR submenu.

Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Restore Monitor Defaults The FACTORY DEFAULTS submenu is a function of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Monitor is defaulted to English units, English language, and a visible main menu. To Restore Monitor Defaults: [1] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From the MAIN MENU press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until MONITOR is highlighted, then press SELECT button. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 188

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 16: Monitor Operation

[4] - Press NEXT button until FACTORY DEFAULTS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [5] - FACTORY DEFAULTS RESTORE DEFAULTS displayed. →NOTE: To exit without restoring the monitor defaults, press the BACK button. [6] - To reset factory defaults press SELECT. [7] - FACTORY DEFAULTS—DEFAULTS RESTORED displayed for 2 seconds before returning to MONITOR submenu.

<- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 189

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 16: Monitor Operation

Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options →NOTE: Monitor options listed are dependent on machine model and configuration. If machine is not equipped with option, option will not show up in menu. To access SETUP submenus: [1] - From MAIN MENU, press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [2] - Press NEXT button until desired submenu is highlighted. [3] - Press SELECT button to make submenu active in the display. To exit SETUP submenu, press BACK button. The following submenus are available from the SETUP menu: MONITOR WIPER DELAY MFWD BRAKING SECURITY (if equipped) AUTO SHUTDOWN AUTO IDLE CALIBRATIONS ECONOMY MODE SELECTIVE FLOW (if equipped) LOADER AUX SPEED (if equipped) BACKHOE AUX SPEED (if equipped) GEAR LIMIT DIFF LOCK SPD LIMIT TIRE SIZE BEACON LIGHT (if equipped) MONITOR The following submenus are accessible from the MONITOR submenu: LANGUAGE UNITS CONTRAST JOB TIMER MENU ACCESS FACTORY DEFAULTS LANGUAGE 1. From MONITOR submenu, press NEXT button until LANGUAGE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button until desired language is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 3. Display will show LANGUAGE SELECTED for 2 seconds then return to MONITOR submenu. UNITS 1. From MONITOR submenu, press NEXT button until UNITS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight ENGLISH or METRIC, then press SELECT. 3. Display will show UNITS SELECTED for 2 seconds, then return to MONITOR submenu. CONTRAST 1. From MONITOR submenu, press NEXT button until CONTRAST is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to increase contrast and BACK button to decrease contrast. 3. When display is at desired contrast press SELECT button to store and SDM will return to MONITOR submenu. JOB TIMER 1. From MONITOR submenu, press NEXT button until JOB TIMER is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight VISIBLE or HIDDEN, press SELECT button to display or hide job timer. <- Go to Section TOC

Section 9015 page 190

315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic

Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 16: Monitor Operation

3. Display will show JOB TIMER